Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/gtkutil.c @ 109303:c17b03e52a4a
Merge changes from emacs-23 branch.
author | Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com> |
---|---|
date | Sat, 10 Jul 2010 15:01:01 -0400 |
parents | fa173b9bd9ce |
children | 89a16701cde1 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
49323 | 1 /* Functions for creating and updating GTK widgets. |
106815 | 2 Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 |
79759 | 3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
49323 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
49323 | 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
10 (at your option) any later version. |
49323 | 11 |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
49323 | 19 |
80608
83a48972e1ea
Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
79759
diff
changeset
|
20 #include <config.h> |
49323 | 21 |
22 #ifdef USE_GTK | |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <string.h> |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <signal.h> |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h> |
105669
68dd71358159
* alloc.c: Do not define struct catchtag.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105522
diff
changeset
|
26 #include <setjmp.h> |
49323 | 27 #include "lisp.h" |
28 #include "xterm.h" | |
29 #include "blockinput.h" | |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
30 #include "syssignal.h" |
49323 | 31 #include "window.h" |
32 #include "gtkutil.h" | |
33 #include "termhooks.h" | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
34 #include "keyboard.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "charset.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "coding.h" |
49323 | 37 #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
108082
38a6893c8b9e
* gtkutil.c: Include xsettings.h for Ftool_bar_get_system_style.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
108024
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "xsettings.h" |
49323 | 39 |
97059
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
40 #ifdef HAVE_XFT |
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
41 #include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> |
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
42 #endif |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
43 |
49323 | 44 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT(f) \ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
45 (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)) |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
46 |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
47 /* Avoid "differ in sign" warnings */ |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
48 #define SSDATA(x) ((char *) SDATA (x)) |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
49 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
50 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_WIDGET_SET_HAS_WINDOW |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
51 #define gtk_widget_set_has_window(w, b) \ |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
52 (gtk_fixed_set_has_window (GTK_FIXED (w), b)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
53 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
54 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_DIALOG_GET_ACTION_AREA |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
55 #define gtk_dialog_get_action_area(w) ((w)->action_area) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
56 #define gtk_dialog_get_content_area(w) ((w)->vbox) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
57 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
58 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_WIDGET_GET_SENSITIVE |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
59 #define gtk_widget_get_sensitive(w) (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
60 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
61 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_ADJUSTMENT_GET_PAGE_SIZE |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
62 #define gtk_adjustment_set_page_size(w, s) ((w)->page_size = (s)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
63 #define gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment(w, s) ((w)->page_increment = (s)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
64 #define gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment(w) ((w)->step_increment) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
65 #define gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment(w, s) ((w)->step_increment = (s)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
66 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
67 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION > 2 || GTK_MINOR_VERSION > 11 |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
68 #define remove_submenu(w) gtk_menu_item_set_submenu ((w), NULL) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
69 #else |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
70 #define remove_submenu(w) gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu ((w)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
71 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
72 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
73 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
74 /*********************************************************************** |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
75 Display handling functions |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
76 ***********************************************************************/ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
77 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
78 /* Keep track of the default display, or NULL if there is none. Emacs |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
79 may close all its displays. */ |
84621 | 80 |
81 static GdkDisplay *gdpy_def; | |
82 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
83 /* When the GTK widget W is to be created on a display for F that |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
84 is not the default display, set the display for W. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
85 W can be a GtkMenu or a GtkWindow widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
86 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
87 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
88 xg_set_screen (GtkWidget *w, FRAME_PTR f) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
89 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
90 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != GDK_DISPLAY ()) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
91 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
92 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
93 GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
94 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
95 if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
96 gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
97 else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
98 gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
99 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
100 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
101 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
102 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
103 /* Open a display named by DISPLAY_NAME. The display is returned in *DPY. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
104 *DPY is set to NULL if the display can't be opened. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
105 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
106 Returns non-zero if display could be opened, zero if display could not |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
107 be opened, and less than zero if the GTK version doesn't support |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
108 multipe displays. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
109 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
110 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
111 xg_display_open (char *display_name, Display **dpy) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
112 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
113 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
114 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
115 gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); |
102705
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
116 if (!gdpy_def && gdpy) |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
117 { |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
118 gdpy_def = gdpy; |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
119 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
120 gdpy); |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
121 } |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
122 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
123 *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
124 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
125 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
126 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
127 /* Close display DPY. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
128 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
129 void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
130 xg_display_close (Display *dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
131 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
132 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
133 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
134 /* If this is the default display, try to change it before closing. |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
135 If there is no other display to use, gdpy_def is set to NULL, and |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
136 the next call to xg_display_open resets the default display. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
137 if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
138 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
139 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
140 GdkDisplay *gdpy_new = NULL; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
141 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
142 /* Find another display. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
143 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
144 if (dpyinfo->display != dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
145 { |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
146 gdpy_new = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpyinfo->display); |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
147 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
148 gdpy_new); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
149 break; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
150 } |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
151 gdpy_def = gdpy_new; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
152 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
153 |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
154 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION < 10 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
155 /* GTK 2.2-2.8 has a bug that makes gdk_display_close crash (bug |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
156 http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). This way we |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
157 can continue running, but there will be memory leaks. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
158 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
159 #else |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
160 /* This seems to be fixed in GTK 2.10. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
161 gdk_display_close (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
162 #endif |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
163 } |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
164 |
49323 | 165 |
166 /*********************************************************************** | |
167 Utility functions | |
168 ***********************************************************************/ | |
169 /* The next two variables and functions are taken from lwlib. */ | |
170 static widget_value *widget_value_free_list; | |
171 static int malloc_cpt; | |
172 | |
173 /* Allocate a widget_value structure, either by taking one from the | |
174 widget_value_free_list or by malloc:ing a new one. | |
175 | |
176 Return a pointer to the allocated structure. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
177 |
49323 | 178 widget_value * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
179 malloc_widget_value (void) |
49323 | 180 { |
181 widget_value *wv; | |
182 if (widget_value_free_list) | |
183 { | |
184 wv = widget_value_free_list; | |
185 widget_value_free_list = wv->free_list; | |
186 wv->free_list = 0; | |
187 } | |
188 else | |
189 { | |
69025
5d9232b72d14
(malloc_widget_value): Use xmalloc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68922
diff
changeset
|
190 wv = (widget_value *) xmalloc (sizeof (widget_value)); |
49323 | 191 malloc_cpt++; |
192 } | |
193 memset (wv, 0, sizeof (widget_value)); | |
194 return wv; | |
195 } | |
196 | |
197 /* This is analogous to free. It frees only what was allocated | |
198 by malloc_widget_value, and no substructures. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
199 |
49323 | 200 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
201 free_widget_value (widget_value *wv) |
49323 | 202 { |
203 if (wv->free_list) | |
204 abort (); | |
205 | |
206 if (malloc_cpt > 25) | |
207 { | |
208 /* When the number of already allocated cells is too big, | |
209 We free it. */ | |
100633
5395c014feb8
* buffer.c (init_buffer): Use realloc instead of xrealloc.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
100501
diff
changeset
|
210 xfree (wv); |
49323 | 211 malloc_cpt--; |
212 } | |
213 else | |
214 { | |
215 wv->free_list = widget_value_free_list; | |
216 widget_value_free_list = wv; | |
217 } | |
218 } | |
219 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
220 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
221 /* Create and return the cursor to be used for popup menus and |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
222 scroll bars on display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
223 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
224 GdkCursor * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
225 xg_create_default_cursor (Display *dpy) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
226 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
227 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
228 return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
229 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
230 |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
231 /* Apply GMASK to GPIX and return a GdkPixbuf with an alpha channel. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
232 |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
233 static GdkPixbuf * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
234 xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (GdkPixmap *gpix, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
235 GdkPixmap *gmask, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
236 GdkColormap *cmap) |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
237 { |
107219
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
238 int width, height; |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
239 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf, *tmp_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
240 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
241 gdk_drawable_get_size (gpix, &width, &height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
242 tmp_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, gpix, cmap, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
243 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
244 icon_buf = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (tmp_buf, FALSE, 0, 0, 0); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
245 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
246 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
247 if (gmask) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
248 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
249 GdkPixbuf *mask_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
250 gmask, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
251 NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
252 0, 0, 0, 0, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
253 width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
254 guchar *pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
255 guchar *mask_pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
256 int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
257 int mask_rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
258 int y; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
259 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
260 for (y = 0; y < height; ++y) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
261 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
262 guchar *iconptr, *maskptr; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
263 int x; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
264 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
265 iconptr = pixels + y * rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
266 maskptr = mask_pixels + y * mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
267 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
268 for (x = 0; x < width; ++x) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
269 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
270 /* In a bitmap, RGB is either 255/255/255 or 0/0/0. Checking |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
271 just R is sufficient. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
272 if (maskptr[0] == 0) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
273 iconptr[3] = 0; /* 0, 1, 2 is R, G, B. 3 is alpha. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
274 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
275 iconptr += rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
276 maskptr += mask_rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
277 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
278 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
279 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
280 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (mask_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
281 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
282 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
283 return icon_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
284 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
285 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
286 static Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
287 file_for_image (Lisp_Object image) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
288 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
289 Lisp_Object specified_file = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
290 Lisp_Object tail; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
291 extern Lisp_Object QCfile; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
292 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
293 for (tail = XCDR (image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
294 NILP (specified_file) && CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
295 tail = XCDR (XCDR (tail))) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
296 if (EQ (XCAR (tail), QCfile)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
297 specified_file = XCAR (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
298 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
299 return specified_file; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
300 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
301 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
302 /* For the image defined in IMG, make and return a GtkImage. For displays with |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
303 8 planes or less we must make a GdkPixbuf and apply the mask manually. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
304 Otherwise the highlightning and dimming the tool bar code in GTK does |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
305 will look bad. For display with more than 8 planes we just use the |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
306 pixmap and mask directly. For monochrome displays, GTK doesn't seem |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
307 able to use external pixmaps, it looks bad whatever we do. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
308 The image is defined on the display where frame F is. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
309 WIDGET is used to find the GdkColormap to use for the GdkPixbuf. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
310 If OLD_WIDGET is NULL, a new widget is constructed and returned. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
311 If OLD_WIDGET is not NULL, that widget is modified. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
312 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
313 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
314 xg_get_image_for_pixmap (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
315 struct image *img, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
316 GtkWidget *widget, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
317 GtkImage *old_widget) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
318 { |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
319 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
320 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
321 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
322 GdkColormap *cmap; |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
323 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
324 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
325 /* If we have a file, let GTK do all the image handling. |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
326 This seems to be the only way to make insensitive and activated icons |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
327 look good in all cases. */ |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
328 Lisp_Object specified_file = file_for_image (img->spec); |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
329 Lisp_Object file; |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
330 |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
331 /* We already loaded the image once before calling this |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
332 function, so this only fails if the image file has been removed. |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
333 In that case, use the pixmap already loaded. */ |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
334 |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
335 if (STRINGP (specified_file) |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
336 && STRINGP (file = x_find_image_file (specified_file))) |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
337 { |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
338 if (! old_widget) |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
339 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_file (SSDATA (file))); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
340 else |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
341 gtk_image_set_from_file (old_widget, SSDATA (file)); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
342 |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
343 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
344 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
345 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
346 /* No file, do the image handling ourselves. This will look very bad |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
347 on a monochrome display, and sometimes bad on all displays with |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
348 certain themes. */ |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
349 |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
350 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
351 gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->pixmap); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
352 gmask = img->mask ? gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->mask) : 0; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
353 |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
354 /* This is a workaround to make icons look good on pseudo color |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
355 displays. Apparently GTK expects the images to have an alpha |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
356 channel. If they don't, insensitive and activated icons will |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
357 look bad. This workaround does not work on monochrome displays, |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
358 and is strictly not needed on true color/static color displays (i.e. |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
359 16 bits and higher). But we do it anyway so we get a pixbuf that is |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
360 not associated with the img->pixmap. The img->pixmap may be removed |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
361 by clearing the image cache and then the tool bar redraw fails, since |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
362 Gtk+ assumes the pixmap is always there. */ |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
363 cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
364 icon_buf = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
365 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
366 if (! old_widget) |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
367 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
368 else |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
369 gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (old_widget, icon_buf); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
370 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
371 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
372 |
56268
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
373 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gpix)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
374 if (gmask) g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gmask)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
375 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
376 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
377 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
378 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
379 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
380 /* Set CURSOR on W and all widgets W contain. We must do like this |
49323 | 381 for scroll bars and menu because they create widgets internally, |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
382 and it is those widgets that are visible. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
383 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
384 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
385 xg_set_cursor (GtkWidget *w, GdkCursor *cursor) |
49323 | 386 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
387 GdkWindow *window = gtk_widget_get_window(w); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
388 GList *children = gdk_window_peek_children (window); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
389 |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
390 gdk_window_set_cursor (window, cursor); |
49323 | 391 |
392 /* The scroll bar widget has more than one GDK window (had to look at | |
393 the source to figure this out), and there is no way to set cursor | |
394 on widgets in GTK. So we must set the cursor for all GDK windows. | |
395 Ditto for menus. */ | |
396 | |
397 for ( ; children; children = g_list_next (children)) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
398 gdk_window_set_cursor (GDK_WINDOW (children->data), cursor); |
49323 | 399 } |
400 | |
401 /* Insert NODE into linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
402 |
49323 | 403 static void |
404 xg_list_insert (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
405 { | |
406 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
407 |
49323 | 408 if (list_start) list_start->prev = node; |
409 node->next = list_start; | |
410 node->prev = 0; | |
411 list->next = node; | |
412 } | |
413 | |
414 /* Remove NODE from linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
415 |
49323 | 416 static void |
417 xg_list_remove (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
418 { | |
419 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
420 if (node == list_start) | |
421 { | |
422 list->next = node->next; | |
423 if (list->next) list->next->prev = 0; | |
424 } | |
425 else | |
426 { | |
427 node->prev->next = node->next; | |
428 if (node->next) node->next->prev = node->prev; | |
429 } | |
430 } | |
431 | |
432 /* Allocate and return a utf8 version of STR. If STR is already | |
433 utf8 or NULL, just return STR. | |
434 If not, a new string is allocated and the caller must free the result | |
435 with g_free. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
436 |
49323 | 437 static char * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
438 get_utf8_string (char *str) |
49323 | 439 { |
440 char *utf8_str = str; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
441 |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
442 if (!str) return NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
443 |
49323 | 444 /* If not UTF-8, try current locale. */ |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
445 if (!g_utf8_validate (str, -1, NULL)) |
49323 | 446 utf8_str = g_locale_to_utf8 (str, -1, 0, 0, 0); |
447 | |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
448 if (!utf8_str) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
449 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
450 /* Probably some control characters in str. Escape them. */ |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
451 size_t nr_bad = 0; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
452 gsize bytes_read; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
453 gsize bytes_written; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
454 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)str; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
455 char *cp, *up; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
456 GError *error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
457 |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
458 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
459 &bytes_written, &error)) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
460 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
461 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
462 ++nr_bad; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
463 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
464 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
465 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
466 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
467 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
468 if (error) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
469 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
470 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
471 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
472 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
473 if (cp) g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
474 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
475 up = utf8_str = xmalloc (strlen (str) + nr_bad * 4 + 1); |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
476 p = (unsigned char *)str; |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
477 |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
478 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
479 &bytes_written, &error)) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
480 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
481 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
482 strncpy (up, (char *)p, bytes_written); |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
483 sprintf (up + bytes_written, "\\%03o", p[bytes_written]); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
484 up[bytes_written+4] = '\0'; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
485 up += bytes_written+4; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
486 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
487 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
488 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
489 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
490 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
491 if (cp) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
492 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
493 strcat (utf8_str, cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
494 g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
495 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
496 if (error) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
497 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
498 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
499 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
500 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
501 } |
49323 | 502 return utf8_str; |
503 } | |
504 | |
505 | |
506 | |
507 /*********************************************************************** | |
508 General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. | |
509 ***********************************************************************/ | |
510 | |
511 /* Make a geometry string and pass that to GTK. It seems this is the | |
512 only way to get geometry position right if the user explicitly | |
513 asked for a position when starting Emacs. | |
514 F is the frame we shall set geometry for. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
515 |
49323 | 516 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
517 xg_set_geometry (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 518 { |
107851
2a74858bccc0
Fix so top -10 and left -10 in frame parameters work.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
519 if (f->size_hint_flags & (USPosition | PPosition)) |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
520 { |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
521 int left = f->left_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
522 int xneg = f->size_hint_flags & XNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
523 int top = f->top_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
524 int yneg = f->size_hint_flags & YNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
525 char geom_str[32]; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
526 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
527 if (xneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
528 left = -left; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
529 if (yneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
530 top = -top; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
531 |
107891
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
532 sprintf (geom_str, "=%dx%d%c%d%c%d", |
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
533 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
534 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
535 (xneg ? '-' : '+'), left, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
536 (yneg ? '-' : '+'), top); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
537 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
538 if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
539 geom_str)) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
540 fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse: '%s'\n", geom_str); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
541 } |
49323 | 542 } |
543 | |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
544 /* Clear under internal border if any. As we use a mix of Gtk+ and X calls |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
545 and use a GtkFixed widget, this doesn't happen automatically. */ |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
546 |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
547 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
548 xg_clear_under_internal_border (FRAME_PTR f) |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
549 { |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
550 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) > 0) |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
551 { |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
552 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
553 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wfixed); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
554 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
555 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
556 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
557 0, 0, |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
558 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
559 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
560 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
561 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
562 0, 0, |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
563 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
564 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
565 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
566 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
567 0, FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
568 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
569 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
570 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
571 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
572 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
573 0, |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
574 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
575 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
576 } |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
577 } |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
578 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
579 /* Function to handle resize of our frame. As we have a Gtk+ tool bar |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
580 and a Gtk+ menu bar, we get resize events for the edit part of the |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
581 frame only. We let Gtk+ deal with the Gtk+ parts. |
49323 | 582 F is the frame to resize. |
583 PIXELWIDTH, PIXELHEIGHT is the new size in pixels. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
584 |
49323 | 585 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
586 xg_frame_resized (FRAME_PTR f, int pixelwidth, int pixelheight) |
49323 | 587 { |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
588 int rows, columns; |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
589 |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
590 if (pixelwidth == -1 && pixelheight == -1) |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
591 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
592 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f))) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
593 gdk_window_get_geometry (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
594 0, 0, |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
595 &pixelwidth, &pixelheight, 0); |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
596 else return; |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
597 } |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
598 |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
599 |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
600 rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, pixelheight); |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
601 columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, pixelwidth); |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
602 |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
603 if (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
604 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
605 || pixelwidth != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
606 || pixelheight != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) |
49323 | 607 { |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
608 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
609 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
610 |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
611 xg_clear_under_internal_border (f); |
100498
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
612 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
613 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
614 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
49323 | 615 } |
616 } | |
617 | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
618 /* Resize the outer window of frame F after chainging the height. |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
619 COLUMNS/ROWS is the size the edit area shall have after the resize. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
620 |
49323 | 621 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
622 xg_frame_set_char_size (FRAME_PTR f, int cols, int rows) |
49323 | 623 { |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
624 int pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows) |
49323 | 625 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
626 int pixelwidth; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
627 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
628 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) == 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
629 return; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
630 |
49323 | 631 /* Take into account the size of the scroll bar. Always use the |
632 number of columns occupied by the scroll bar here otherwise we | |
633 might end up with a frame width that is not a multiple of the | |
634 frame's character width which is bad for vertically split | |
635 windows. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
636 f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
637 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
49323 | 638 |
50099
a62497b91c74
Use generic compute_fringe_widths.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50063
diff
changeset
|
639 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
49323 | 640 |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
641 /* FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH uses scroll_bar_actual_width, so call it |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
642 after calculating that value. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
643 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
644 |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
645 |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
646 /* Do this before resize, as we don't know yet if we will be resized. */ |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
647 xg_clear_under_internal_border (f); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
648 |
49323 | 649 /* Must resize our top level widget. Font size may have changed, |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
650 but not rows/cols. */ |
49323 | 651 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
652 pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
653 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
103198
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
654 |
105693
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
655 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
656 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
657 |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
658 /* We can not call change_frame_size for a mapped frame, |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
659 we can not set pixel width/height either. The window manager may |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
660 override our resize request, XMonad does this all the time. |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
661 The best we can do is try to sync, so lisp code sees the updated |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
662 size as fast as possible. |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
663 For unmapped windows, we can set rows/cols. When |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
664 the frame is mapped again we will (hopefully) get the correct size. */ |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
665 if (f->async_visible) |
105693
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
666 { |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
667 /* Must call this to flush out events */ |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
668 (void)gtk_events_pending (); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
669 gdk_flush (); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
670 x_wait_for_event (f, ConfigureNotify); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
671 } |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
672 else |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
673 { |
105693
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
674 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
675 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
676 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
677 } |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
678 } |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
679 |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
680 /* Handle height changes (i.e. add/remove menu/toolbar). |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
681 The policy is to keep the number of editable lines. */ |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
682 |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
683 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
684 xg_height_changed (FRAME_PTR f) |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
685 { |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
686 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
687 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
688 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = 0; |
53275
a07a0bae1990
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Call x_wm_set_size_hint.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53069
diff
changeset
|
689 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
49323 | 690 } |
691 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
692 /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. |
49323 | 693 Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" |
694 X Window that aren't accessible. | |
695 | |
696 Return 0 if no widget match WDESC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
697 |
49323 | 698 GtkWidget * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
699 xg_win_to_widget (Display *dpy, Window wdesc) |
49323 | 700 { |
701 gpointer gdkwin; | |
702 GtkWidget *gwdesc = 0; | |
703 | |
704 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
705 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
706 gdkwin = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
707 wdesc); |
49323 | 708 if (gdkwin) |
709 { | |
710 GdkEvent event; | |
711 event.any.window = gdkwin; | |
712 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&event); | |
713 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
714 |
49323 | 715 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
716 return gwdesc; | |
717 } | |
718 | |
719 /* Fill in the GdkColor C so that it represents PIXEL. | |
720 W is the widget that color will be used for. Used to find colormap. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
721 |
49323 | 722 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
723 xg_pix_to_gcolor (GtkWidget *w, long unsigned int pixel, GdkColor *c) |
49323 | 724 { |
725 GdkColormap *map = gtk_widget_get_colormap (w); | |
726 gdk_colormap_query_color (map, pixel, c); | |
727 } | |
728 | |
729 /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. | |
730 Return 0 if creation failed, non-zero otherwise. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
731 |
49323 | 732 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
733 xg_create_frame_widgets (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 734 { |
735 GtkWidget *wtop; | |
736 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
737 GtkWidget *wfixed; | |
738 GdkColor bg; | |
739 GtkRcStyle *style; | |
740 char *title = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
741 |
49323 | 742 BLOCK_INPUT; |
743 | |
91632
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
744 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f)) |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
745 wtop = gtk_plug_new (f->output_data.x->parent_desc); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
746 else |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
747 wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
748 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
749 xg_set_screen (wtop, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
750 |
49323 | 751 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
752 wfixed = gtk_fixed_new (); /* Must have this to place scroll bars */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
753 |
49323 | 754 if (! wtop || ! wvbox || ! wfixed) |
755 { | |
756 if (wtop) gtk_widget_destroy (wtop); | |
757 if (wvbox) gtk_widget_destroy (wvbox); | |
758 if (wfixed) gtk_widget_destroy (wfixed); | |
759 | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
760 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
49323 | 761 return 0; |
762 } | |
763 | |
764 /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ | |
765 gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); | |
766 gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
767 gtk_widget_set_name (wfixed, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name)); |
49323 | 768 |
769 /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
770 if (! NILP (f->title)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
771 else if (! NILP (f->name)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); |
49323 | 772 |
773 if (title) gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
774 |
49323 | 775 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; |
776 FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; | |
777 f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; | |
778 | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
779 gtk_widget_set_has_window (wfixed, TRUE); |
49323 | 780 |
781 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); | |
782 gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (wvbox), wfixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
783 | |
784 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) | |
785 update_frame_tool_bar (f); | |
786 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
787 /* We don't want this widget double buffered, because we draw on it |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
788 with regular X drawing primitives, so from a GTK/GDK point of |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
789 view, the widget is totally blank. When an expose comes, this |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
790 will make the widget blank, and then Emacs redraws it. This flickers |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
791 a lot, so we turn off double buffering. */ |
49323 | 792 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
793 |
49323 | 794 gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
795 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name), |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
796 SSDATA (Vx_resource_class)); |
49323 | 797 |
798 /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in | |
799 GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ | |
800 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", | |
801 G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
802 |
49323 | 803 /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string |
804 and specify it. | |
805 GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ | |
806 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
107219
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
807 f->win_gravity |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
808 = gtk_window_get_gravity (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
49323 | 809 |
810 gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, | |
811 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | |
812 | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | |
813 | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | |
814 | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | |
815 | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | |
816 | GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | |
817 | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | |
818 | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | |
819 | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK | |
820 | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
821 | |
822 /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used | |
823 by callers of this function. */ | |
824 gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); | |
825 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); | |
826 | |
827 /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, | |
828 we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
829 xg_pix_to_gcolor (wfixed, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f), &bg); |
49323 | 830 gtk_widget_modify_bg (wfixed, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &bg); |
831 | |
832 /* Also, do not let any background pixmap to be set, this looks very | |
833 bad as Emacs overwrites the background pixmap with its own idea | |
834 of background color. */ | |
835 style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (wfixed); | |
836 | |
837 /* Must use g_strdup because gtk_widget_modify_style does g_free. */ | |
838 style->bg_pixmap_name[GTK_STATE_NORMAL] = g_strdup ("<none>"); | |
839 gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
840 |
49323 | 841 /* GTK does not set any border, and they look bad with GTK. */ |
95954
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
842 /* That they look bad is no excuse for imposing this here. --Stef |
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
843 It should be done by providing the proper default in Fx_create_Frame. |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
844 f->border_width = 0; |
95954
184aae567806
* xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): internal-border-width default to 0 for Gtk.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95794
diff
changeset
|
845 f->internal_border_width = 0; */ |
49323 | 846 |
847 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
848 | |
849 return 1; | |
850 } | |
851 | |
852 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. | |
853 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
854 that the window now has. | |
855 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the User Position | |
856 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
857 |
49323 | 858 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
859 x_wm_set_size_hint (FRAME_PTR f, long int flags, int user_position) |
49323 | 860 { |
98545
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
861 /* Must use GTK routines here, otherwise GTK resets the size hints |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
862 to its own defaults. */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
863 GdkGeometry size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
864 gint hint_flags = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
865 int base_width, base_height; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
866 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
867 int win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
868 |
107219
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
869 /* Don't set size hints during initialization; that apparently leads |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
870 to a race condition. See the thread at |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
871 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2008-10/msg00033.html */ |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
872 if (NILP (Vafter_init_time) || !FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
873 return; |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
874 |
98545
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
875 if (flags) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
876 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
877 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
878 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
879 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
880 } |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
881 else |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
882 flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
883 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
884 size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
885 hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
886 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
887 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
888 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
889 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
890 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
891 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
892 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
893 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
894 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
895 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
896 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
897 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
898 size_hints.base_width = base_width; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
899 size_hints.base_height = base_height; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
900 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
901 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
902 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
903 /* These currently have a one to one mapping with the X values, but I |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
904 don't think we should rely on that. */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
905 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
906 size_hints.win_gravity = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
907 if (win_gravity == NorthWestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
908 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
909 else if (win_gravity == NorthGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
910 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
911 else if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
912 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
913 else if (win_gravity == WestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
914 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
915 else if (win_gravity == CenterGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
916 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
917 else if (win_gravity == EastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
918 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
919 else if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
920 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
921 else if (win_gravity == SouthGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
922 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
923 else if (win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
924 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
925 else if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
926 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
927 |
107891
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
928 if (user_position) |
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
929 { |
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
930 hint_flags &= ~GDK_HINT_POS; |
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
931 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; |
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
932 } |
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
933 |
98545
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
934 if (hint_flags != f->output_data.x->hint_flags |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
935 || memcmp (&size_hints, |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
936 &f->output_data.x->size_hints, |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
937 sizeof (size_hints)) != 0) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
938 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
939 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
940 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
941 NULL, &size_hints, hint_flags); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
942 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
943 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
944 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
945 } |
49323 | 946 } |
947 | |
948 /* Change background color of a frame. | |
96363
f9d35151b907
American English spelling fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
95954
diff
changeset
|
949 Since GTK uses the background color to clear the window, we must |
49323 | 950 keep the GTK and X colors in sync. |
951 F is the frame to change, | |
952 BG is the pixel value to change to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
953 |
49323 | 954 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
955 xg_set_background_color (FRAME_PTR f, long unsigned int bg) |
49323 | 956 { |
957 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
958 { | |
959 GdkColor gdk_bg; | |
960 | |
961 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
962 xg_pix_to_gcolor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), bg, &gdk_bg); | |
963 gtk_widget_modify_bg (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &gdk_bg); | |
964 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
965 } | |
966 } | |
967 | |
968 | |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
969 /* Set the frame icon to ICON_PIXMAP/MASK. This must be done with GTK |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
970 functions so GTK does not overwrite the icon. */ |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
971 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
972 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
973 xg_set_frame_icon (FRAME_PTR f, Pixmap icon_pixmap, Pixmap icon_mask) |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
974 { |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
975 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
976 GdkPixmap *gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_pixmap); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
977 GdkPixmap *gmask = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_mask); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
978 GdkPixbuf *gp = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, NULL); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
979 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
980 gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), gp); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
981 } |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
982 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
983 |
49323 | 984 |
985 /*********************************************************************** | |
986 Dialog functions | |
987 ***********************************************************************/ | |
988 /* Return the dialog title to use for a dialog of type KEY. | |
989 This is the encoding used by lwlib. We use the same for GTK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
990 |
49323 | 991 static char * |
992 get_dialog_title (char key) | |
993 { | |
994 char *title = ""; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
995 |
49323 | 996 switch (key) { |
997 case 'E': case 'e': | |
998 title = "Error"; | |
999 break; | |
1000 | |
1001 case 'I': case 'i': | |
1002 title = "Information"; | |
1003 break; | |
1004 | |
1005 case 'L': case 'l': | |
1006 title = "Prompt"; | |
1007 break; | |
1008 | |
1009 case 'P': case 'p': | |
1010 title = "Prompt"; | |
1011 break; | |
1012 | |
1013 case 'Q': case 'q': | |
1014 title = "Question"; | |
1015 break; | |
1016 } | |
1017 | |
1018 return title; | |
1019 } | |
1020 | |
1021 /* Callback for dialogs that get WM_DELETE_WINDOW. We pop down | |
1022 the dialog, but return TRUE so the event does not propagate further | |
1023 in GTK. This prevents GTK from destroying the dialog widget automatically | |
1024 and we can always destrou the widget manually, regardles of how | |
1025 it was popped down (button press or WM_DELETE_WINDOW). | |
1026 W is the dialog widget. | |
1027 EVENT is the GdkEvent that represents WM_DELETE_WINDOW (not used). | |
1028 user_data is NULL (not used). | |
1029 | |
1030 Returns TRUE to end propagation of event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1031 |
49323 | 1032 static gboolean |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1033 dialog_delete_callback (GtkWidget *w, GdkEvent *event, gpointer user_data) |
49323 | 1034 { |
1035 gtk_widget_unmap (w); | |
1036 return TRUE; | |
1037 } | |
1038 | |
1039 /* Create a popup dialog window. See also xg_create_widget below. | |
1040 WV is a widget_value describing the dialog. | |
1041 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a button has been pressed. | |
1042 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when the dialog pops down. | |
1043 | |
1044 Returns the GTK dialog widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1045 |
49323 | 1046 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1047 create_dialog (widget_value *wv, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1048 GCallback select_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1049 GCallback deactivate_cb) |
49323 | 1050 { |
1051 char *title = get_dialog_title (wv->name[0]); | |
1052 int total_buttons = wv->name[1] - '0'; | |
1053 int right_buttons = wv->name[4] - '0'; | |
1054 int left_buttons; | |
1055 int button_nr = 0; | |
1056 int button_spacing = 10; | |
1057 GtkWidget *wdialog = gtk_dialog_new (); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1058 GtkDialog *wd = GTK_DIALOG (wdialog); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1059 GtkBox *cur_box = GTK_BOX (gtk_dialog_get_action_area (wd)); |
49323 | 1060 widget_value *item; |
1061 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
1062 GtkWidget *whbox_up; | |
1063 GtkWidget *whbox_down; | |
1064 | |
1065 /* If the number of buttons is greater than 4, make two rows of buttons | |
1066 instead. This looks better. */ | |
1067 int make_two_rows = total_buttons > 4; | |
1068 | |
1069 if (right_buttons == 0) right_buttons = total_buttons/2; | |
1070 left_buttons = total_buttons - right_buttons; | |
1071 | |
1072 gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wdialog), title); | |
1073 gtk_widget_set_name (wdialog, "emacs-dialog"); | |
1074 | |
1075 | |
1076 if (make_two_rows) | |
1077 { | |
1078 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1079 whbox_up = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1080 whbox_down = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1081 | |
1082 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, wvbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1083 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_up, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1084 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_down, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1085 | |
1086 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_up); | |
1087 } | |
1088 | |
1089 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "delete-event", | |
1090 G_CALLBACK (dialog_delete_callback), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1091 |
49323 | 1092 if (deactivate_cb) |
1093 { | |
1094 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "close", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1095 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "response", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1096 } | |
1097 | |
1098 for (item = wv->contents; item; item = item->next) | |
1099 { | |
1100 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->value); | |
1101 GtkWidget *w; | |
1102 GtkRequisition req; | |
1103 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1104 if (item->name && strcmp (item->name, "message") == 0) |
49323 | 1105 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1106 GtkBox *wvbox = GTK_BOX (gtk_dialog_get_content_area (wd)); |
49323 | 1107 /* This is the text part of the dialog. */ |
1108 w = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1109 gtk_box_pack_start (wvbox, gtk_label_new (""), FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1110 gtk_box_pack_start (wvbox, w, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
49323 | 1111 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (w), 0.1, 0.5); |
1112 | |
1113 /* Try to make dialog look better. Must realize first so | |
1114 the widget can calculate the size it needs. */ | |
1115 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
1116 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1117 gtk_box_set_spacing (wvbox, req.height); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1118 if (item->value && strlen (item->value) > 0) |
49323 | 1119 button_spacing = 2*req.width/strlen (item->value); |
1120 } | |
1121 else | |
1122 { | |
1123 /* This is one button to add to the dialog. */ | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1124 w = gtk_button_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1125 if (! item->enabled) |
1126 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1127 if (select_cb) | |
1128 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "clicked", | |
1129 select_cb, item->call_data); | |
1130 | |
1131 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, w, TRUE, TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1132 if (++button_nr == left_buttons) | |
1133 { | |
1134 if (make_two_rows) | |
1135 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_down); | |
1136 else | |
1137 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, | |
1138 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1139 TRUE, TRUE, | |
1140 button_spacing); | |
1141 } | |
1142 } | |
1143 | |
1144 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->value) | |
1145 g_free (utf8_label); | |
1146 } | |
1147 | |
1148 return wdialog; | |
1149 } | |
1150 | |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1151 struct xg_dialog_data |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1152 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1153 GMainLoop *loop; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1154 int response; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1155 GtkWidget *w; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1156 guint timerid; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1157 }; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1159 /* Function that is called when the file or font dialogs pop down. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1160 W is the dialog widget, RESPONSE is the response code. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1161 USER_DATA is what we passed in to g_signal_connect. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1162 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1163 static void |
109139
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1164 xg_dialog_response_cb (GtkDialog *w, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1165 gint response, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1166 gpointer user_data) |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1167 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1168 struct xg_dialog_data *dd = (struct xg_dialog_data *)user_data; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1169 dd->response = response; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1170 g_main_loop_quit (dd->loop); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1171 } |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1172 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1173 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1174 /* Destroy the dialog. This makes it pop down. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1175 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1176 static Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1177 pop_down_dialog (Lisp_Object arg) |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1178 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1179 struct Lisp_Save_Value *p = XSAVE_VALUE (arg); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1180 struct xg_dialog_data *dd = (struct xg_dialog_data *) p->pointer; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1181 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1182 BLOCK_INPUT; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1183 if (dd->w) gtk_widget_destroy (dd->w); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1184 if (dd->timerid != 0) g_source_remove (dd->timerid); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1185 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1186 g_main_loop_quit (dd->loop); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1187 g_main_loop_unref (dd->loop); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1188 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1189 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1190 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1191 return Qnil; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1192 } |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1193 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1194 /* If there are any emacs timers pending, add a timeout to main loop in DATA. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1195 We pass in DATA as gpointer* so we can use this as a callback. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1196 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1197 static gboolean |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1198 xg_maybe_add_timer (gpointer data) |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1199 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1200 struct xg_dialog_data *dd = (struct xg_dialog_data *) data; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1201 EMACS_TIME next_time = timer_check (1); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1202 long secs = EMACS_SECS (next_time); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1203 long usecs = EMACS_USECS (next_time); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1204 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1205 dd->timerid = 0; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1207 if (secs >= 0 && usecs >= 0 && secs < ((guint)-1)/1000) |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1208 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1209 dd->timerid = g_timeout_add (secs * 1000 + usecs/1000, |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1210 xg_maybe_add_timer, |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1211 dd); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1212 } |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1213 return FALSE; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1214 } |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1215 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1216 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1217 /* Pops up a modal dialog W and waits for response. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1218 We don't use gtk_dialog_run because we want to process emacs timers. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1219 The dialog W is not destroyed when this function returns. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1220 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1221 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1222 xg_dialog_run (FRAME_PTR f, GtkWidget *w) |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1223 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1224 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1225 struct xg_dialog_data dd; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1226 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1227 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1228 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1229 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1230 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1231 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1232 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1233 dd.loop = g_main_loop_new (NULL, FALSE); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1234 dd.response = GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1235 dd.w = w; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1236 dd.timerid = 0; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1237 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1238 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1239 "response", |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1240 G_CALLBACK (xg_dialog_response_cb), |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1241 &dd); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1242 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1243 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1244 gtk_widget_show (w); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1245 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1246 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_dialog, make_save_value (&dd, 0)); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1247 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1248 (void) xg_maybe_add_timer (&dd); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1249 g_main_loop_run (dd.loop); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1251 dd.w = 0; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1252 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1253 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1254 return dd.response; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1255 } |
49323 | 1256 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1257 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1258 /*********************************************************************** |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1259 File dialog functions |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1260 ***********************************************************************/ |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1261 /* Return non-zero if the old file selection dialog is being used. |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1262 Return zero if not. */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1263 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1264 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1265 xg_uses_old_file_dialog (void) |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1266 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1267 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
72963
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1268 extern int x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1269 return x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1270 #else |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1271 return 0; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1272 #endif |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1273 } |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1274 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1275 |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109067
diff
changeset
|
1276 typedef char * (*xg_get_file_func) (GtkWidget *); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1277 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1278 /* Return the selected file for file chooser dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1279 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1280 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1281 static char * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1282 xg_get_file_name_from_chooser (GtkWidget *w) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1283 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1284 return gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (w)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1285 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1286 |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1287 /* Callback called when the "Show hidden files" toggle is pressed. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1288 WIDGET is the toggle widget, DATA is the file chooser dialog. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1289 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1290 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1291 xg_toggle_visibility_cb (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1292 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1293 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (data); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1294 gboolean visible; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1295 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1296 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", !visible, NULL); |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1297 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1298 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1300 /* Callback called when a property changes in a file chooser. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1301 GOBJECT is the file chooser dialog, ARG1 describes the property. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1302 USER_DATA is the toggle widget in the file chooser dialog. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1303 We use this to update the "Show hidden files" toggle when the user |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1304 changes that property by right clicking in the file list. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1305 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1306 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1307 xg_toggle_notify_cb (GObject *gobject, GParamSpec *arg1, gpointer user_data) |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1308 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1309 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1310 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1311 if (strcmp (arg1->name, "show-hidden") == 0) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1312 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1313 GtkWidget *wtoggle = GTK_WIDGET (user_data); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1314 gboolean visible, toggle_on; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1315 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1316 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (gobject), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1317 toggle_on = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle)); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1318 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1319 if (!!visible != !!toggle_on) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1320 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1321 g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1322 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1323 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1324 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), visible); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1325 g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1326 (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1327 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1328 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1329 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1330 x_gtk_show_hidden_files = visible; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1331 } |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1332 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1333 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1334 /* Read a file name from the user using a file chooser dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1335 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1336 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1337 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1338 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1339 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1340 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1341 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1342 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1343 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1344 static GtkWidget * |
109139
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1345 xg_get_file_with_chooser (FRAME_PTR f, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1346 char *prompt, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1347 char *default_filename, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1348 int mustmatch_p, int only_dir_p, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1349 xg_get_file_func *func) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1350 { |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1351 char message[1024]; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1353 GtkWidget *filewin, *wtoggle, *wbox, *wmessage; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1354 GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1355 GtkFileChooserAction action = (mustmatch_p ? |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1356 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN : |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1357 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1358 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1359 extern int x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text; |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1360 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1361 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1362 if (only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1363 action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1364 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1365 filewin = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (prompt, gwin, action, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1366 GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1367 (mustmatch_p || only_dir_p ? |
57900
a76858072e78
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Use GTK_STOCK_OK instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57868
diff
changeset
|
1368 GTK_STOCK_OPEN : GTK_STOCK_OK), |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1369 GTK_RESPONSE_OK, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1370 NULL); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1371 gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), TRUE); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1372 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1373 wbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1374 gtk_widget_show (wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1375 wtoggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Show hidden files."); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1377 if (x_gtk_show_hidden_files) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1378 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1379 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (filewin), "show-hidden", TRUE, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1380 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), TRUE); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1381 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1382 gtk_widget_show (wtoggle); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1383 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), "clicked", |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1384 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), filewin); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1385 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (filewin), "notify", |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1386 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_notify_cb), wtoggle); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1387 |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1388 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1389 { |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1390 message[0] = '\0'; |
73048
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1391 /* Gtk+ 2.10 has the file name text entry box integrated in the dialog. |
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1392 Show the C-l help text only for versions < 2.10. */ |
73066 | 1393 if (gtk_check_version (2, 10, 0) && action != GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1394 strcat (message, "\nType C-l to display a file name text entry box.\n"); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1395 strcat (message, "\nIf you don't like this file selector, use the " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1396 "corresponding\nkey binding or customize " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1397 "use-file-dialog to turn it off."); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1398 |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1399 wmessage = gtk_label_new (message); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1400 gtk_widget_show (wmessage); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1401 } |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1402 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1403 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wtoggle, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1404 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1405 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wmessage, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1406 gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1407 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1408 if (default_filename) |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1409 { |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1410 Lisp_Object file; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1411 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
78781
415fda17ec8f
(xg_get_file_with_chooser): Move GCPRO1 after declarations
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78762
diff
changeset
|
1412 char *utf8_filename; |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1413 GCPRO1 (file); |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1414 |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1415 file = build_string (default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1416 |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1417 /* File chooser does not understand ~/... in the file name. It must be |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1418 an absolute name starting with /. */ |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1419 if (default_filename[0] != '/') |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1420 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1421 |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1422 utf8_filename = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (file)); |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1423 if (! NILP (Ffile_directory_p (file))) |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1424 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1425 utf8_filename); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1426 else |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1427 { |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1428 gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1429 utf8_filename); |
72637
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1430 if (action == GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1431 { |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1432 char *cp = strrchr (utf8_filename, '/'); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1433 if (cp) ++cp; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1434 else cp = utf8_filename; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1435 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), cp); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1436 } |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1437 } |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1438 |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1439 UNGCPRO; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1440 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1441 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1442 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_chooser; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1443 return filewin; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1444 } |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1445 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1446 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1447 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1448 /* Return the selected file for file selector dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1449 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1450 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1451 static char * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1452 xg_get_file_name_from_selector (GtkWidget *w) |
49323 | 1453 { |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1454 GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1455 return xstrdup ((char*) gtk_file_selection_get_filename (filesel)); |
49323 | 1456 } |
1457 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1458 /* Create a file selection dialog. |
49323 | 1459 F is the current frame. |
1460 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. | |
1461 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. | |
1462 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1463 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1464 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1466 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1467 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1468 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1469 xg_get_file_with_selection (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1470 char *prompt, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1471 char *default_filename, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1472 int mustmatch_p, int only_dir_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1473 xg_get_file_func *func) |
49323 | 1474 { |
1475 GtkWidget *filewin; | |
1476 GtkFileSelection *filesel; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1477 |
49323 | 1478 filewin = gtk_file_selection_new (prompt); |
1479 filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filewin); | |
1480 | |
1481 if (default_filename) | |
1482 gtk_file_selection_set_filename (filesel, default_filename); | |
1483 | |
1484 if (mustmatch_p) | |
1485 { | |
1486 /* The selection_entry part of filesel is not documented. */ | |
1487 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (filesel->selection_entry, FALSE); | |
1488 gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (filesel); | |
1489 } | |
1490 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1491 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_selector; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1492 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1493 return filewin; |
49323 | 1494 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1495 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1496 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1497 /* Read a file name from the user using a file dialog, either the old |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1498 file selection dialog, or the new file chooser dialog. Which to use |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1499 depends on what the GTK version used has, and what the value of |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1500 gtk-use-old-file-dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1501 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1502 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1503 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1504 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1505 file. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1506 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1507 Returns a file name or NULL if no file was selected. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1508 The returned string must be freed by the caller. */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1509 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1510 char * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1511 xg_get_file_name (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1512 char *prompt, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1513 char *default_filename, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1514 int mustmatch_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1515 int only_dir_p) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1516 { |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1517 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1518 char *fn = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1519 int filesel_done = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1520 xg_get_file_func func; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1521 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1522 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1523 /* I really don't know why this is needed, but without this the GLIBC add on |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1524 library linuxthreads hangs when the Gnome file chooser backend creates |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1525 threads. */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1526 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1527 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1528 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1529 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58463
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1530 |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1531 if (xg_uses_old_file_dialog ()) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1532 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1533 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1534 else |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1535 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1536 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1537 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1538 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1539 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1540 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1541 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1542 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1543 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-filedialog"); |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1544 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1545 filesel_done = xg_dialog_run (f, w); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1546 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1547 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1548 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1549 #endif |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1550 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1551 if (filesel_done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1552 fn = (*func) (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1553 |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1554 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1555 return fn; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1556 } |
49323 | 1557 |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1558 #ifdef HAVE_FREETYPE |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1559 /* Pop up a GTK font selector and return the name of the font the user |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1560 selects, as a C string. The returned font name follows GTK's own |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1561 format: |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1562 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1563 `FAMILY [VALUE1 VALUE2] SIZE' |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1564 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1565 This can be parsed using font_parse_fcname in font.c. |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1566 DEFAULT_NAME, if non-zero, is the default font name. */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1568 char * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1569 xg_get_font_name (FRAME_PTR f, char *default_name) |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1570 { |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1571 GtkWidget *w; |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1572 char *fontname = NULL; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1573 int done = 0; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1574 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1575 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1576 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1577 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1579 w = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new ("Pick a font"); |
105693
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
1580 if (!default_name) |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
1581 default_name = "Monospace 10"; |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
1582 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (w), |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
1583 default_name); |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1584 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1585 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-fontdialog"); |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1586 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1587 done = xg_dialog_run (f, w); |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1588 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1589 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1590 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1591 #endif |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1592 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1593 if (done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1594 fontname = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1595 (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (w)); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1596 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1597 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1598 return fontname; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1599 } |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1600 #endif /* HAVE_FREETYPE */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1601 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1602 |
49323 | 1603 |
1604 /*********************************************************************** | |
1605 Menu functions. | |
1606 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1607 | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1608 /* The name of menu items that can be used for customization. Since GTK |
49323 | 1609 RC files are very crude and primitive, we have to set this on all |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1610 menu item names so a user can easily customize menu items. */ |
49323 | 1611 |
1612 #define MENU_ITEM_NAME "emacs-menuitem" | |
1613 | |
1614 | |
1615 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1616 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1617 static xg_list_node xg_menu_cb_list; | |
1618 | |
1619 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_item_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1620 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1621 static xg_list_node xg_menu_item_cb_list; | |
1622 | |
1623 /* Allocate and initialize CL_DATA if NULL, otherwise increase ref_count. | |
1624 F is the frame CL_DATA will be initialized for. | |
1625 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1626 | |
1627 The menu bar and all sub menus under the menu bar in a frame | |
1628 share the same structure, hence the reference count. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1629 |
49323 | 1630 Returns CL_DATA if CL_DATA is not NULL, or a pointer to a newly |
1631 allocated xg_menu_cb_data if CL_DATA is NULL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
49323 | 1633 static xg_menu_cb_data * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1634 make_cl_data (xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data, FRAME_PTR f, GCallback highlight_cb) |
49323 | 1635 { |
1636 if (! cl_data) | |
1637 { | |
1638 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) xmalloc (sizeof (*cl_data)); | |
1639 cl_data->f = f; | |
1640 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1641 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1642 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1643 cl_data->ref_count = 0; | |
1644 | |
1645 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1646 } | |
1647 | |
1648 cl_data->ref_count++; | |
1649 | |
1650 return cl_data; | |
1651 } | |
1652 | |
1653 /* Update CL_DATA with values from frame F and with HIGHLIGHT_CB. | |
1654 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1655 | |
1656 When the menu bar is updated, menu items may have been added and/or | |
1657 removed, so menu_bar_vector and menu_bar_items_used change. We must | |
1658 then update CL_DATA since it is used to determine which menu | |
1659 item that is invoked in the menu. | |
1660 HIGHLIGHT_CB could change, there is no check that the same | |
1661 function is given when modifying a menu bar as was given when | |
1662 creating the menu bar. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
49323 | 1664 static void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1665 update_cl_data (xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1666 FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1667 GCallback highlight_cb) |
49323 | 1668 { |
1669 if (cl_data) | |
1670 { | |
1671 cl_data->f = f; | |
1672 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1673 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1674 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1675 } | |
1676 } | |
1677 | |
1678 /* Decrease reference count for CL_DATA. | |
1679 If reference count is zero, free CL_DATA. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1680 |
49323 | 1681 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1682 unref_cl_data (xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data) |
49323 | 1683 { |
1684 if (cl_data && cl_data->ref_count > 0) | |
1685 { | |
1686 cl_data->ref_count--; | |
1687 if (cl_data->ref_count == 0) | |
1688 { | |
1689 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1690 xfree (cl_data); | |
1691 } | |
1692 } | |
1693 } | |
1694 | |
1695 /* Function that marks all lisp data during GC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1696 |
49323 | 1697 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1698 xg_mark_data (void) |
49323 | 1699 { |
1700 xg_list_node *iter; | |
1701 | |
1702 for (iter = xg_menu_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1703 mark_object (((xg_menu_cb_data *) iter)->menu_bar_vector); |
49323 | 1704 |
1705 for (iter = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
1706 { | |
1707 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) iter; | |
1708 | |
1709 if (! NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1710 mark_object (cb_data->help); |
49323 | 1711 } |
1712 } | |
1713 | |
1714 | |
1715 /* Callback called when a menu item is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1716 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1717 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1718 |
49323 | 1719 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1720 menuitem_destroy_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 1721 { |
1722 if (client_data) | |
1723 { | |
1724 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1725 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &data->ptrs); | |
1726 xfree (data); | |
1727 } | |
1728 } | |
1729 | |
1730 /* Callback called when the pointer enters/leaves a menu item. | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1731 W is the parent of the menu item. |
49323 | 1732 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1733 CLIENT_DATA is not used. |
49323 | 1734 |
1735 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1736 |
49323 | 1737 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1738 menuitem_highlight_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1739 GdkEventCrossing *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1740 gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 1741 { |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1742 GdkEvent ev; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1743 GtkWidget *subwidget; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1744 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1745 |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1746 ev.crossing = *event; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1747 subwidget = gtk_get_event_widget (&ev); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1748 data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (subwidget), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1749 XG_ITEM_DATA); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1750 if (data) |
49323 | 1751 { |
1752 if (! NILP (data->help) && data->cl_data->highlight_cb) | |
1753 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1754 gpointer call_data = event->type == GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY ? 0 : data; |
49323 | 1755 GtkCallback func = (GtkCallback) data->cl_data->highlight_cb; |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1756 (*func) (subwidget, call_data); |
49323 | 1757 } |
1758 } | |
1759 | |
1760 return FALSE; | |
1761 } | |
1762 | |
1763 /* Callback called when a menu is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1764 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1765 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_cb_data associated with W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1766 |
49323 | 1767 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1768 menu_destroy_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 1769 { |
1770 unref_cl_data ((xg_menu_cb_data*) client_data); | |
1771 } | |
1772 | |
1773 /* Make a GTK widget that contains both UTF8_LABEL and UTF8_KEY (both | |
1774 must be non-NULL) and can be inserted into a menu item. | |
1775 | |
1776 Returns the GtkHBox. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1777 |
49323 | 1778 static GtkWidget * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1779 make_widget_for_menu_item (char *utf8_label, char *utf8_key) |
49323 | 1780 { |
1781 GtkWidget *wlbl; | |
1782 GtkWidget *wkey; | |
1783 GtkWidget *wbox; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1784 |
49323 | 1785 wbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1786 wlbl = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1787 wkey = gtk_label_new (utf8_key); |
1788 | |
1789 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wlbl), 0.0, 0.5); | |
1790 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wkey), 0.0, 0.5); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1791 |
49323 | 1792 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
1793 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wkey, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1794 | |
1795 gtk_widget_set_name (wlbl, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1796 gtk_widget_set_name (wkey, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1797 gtk_widget_set_name (wbox, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
49323 | 1798 |
1799 return wbox; | |
1800 } | |
1801 | |
1802 /* Make and return a menu item widget with the key to the right. | |
1803 UTF8_LABEL is the text for the menu item (GTK uses UTF8 internally). | |
1804 UTF8_KEY is the text representing the key binding. | |
1805 ITEM is the widget_value describing the menu item. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1806 |
49323 | 1807 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not |
1808 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1809 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1810 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1811 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1812 | |
1813 Unfortunately, keys don't line up as nicely as in Motif, | |
1814 but the MacOS X version doesn't either, so I guess that is OK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1815 |
49323 | 1816 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1817 make_menu_item (char *utf8_label, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1818 char *utf8_key, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1819 widget_value *item, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1820 GSList **group) |
49323 | 1821 { |
1822 GtkWidget *w; | |
1823 GtkWidget *wtoadd = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1824 |
51432
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1825 /* It has been observed that some menu items have a NULL name field. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1826 This will lead to this function being called with a NULL utf8_label. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1827 GTK crashes on that so we set a blank label. Why there is a NULL |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1828 name remains to be investigated. */ |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1829 if (! utf8_label) utf8_label = " "; |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1830 |
49323 | 1831 if (utf8_key) |
1832 wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1833 |
49323 | 1834 if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) |
1835 { | |
1836 *group = NULL; | |
1837 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1838 else w = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1839 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), item->selected); |
1840 } | |
1841 else if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
1842 { | |
1843 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (*group); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1844 else w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (*group, utf8_label); |
49323 | 1845 *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)); |
1846 if (item->selected) | |
1847 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), TRUE); | |
1848 } | |
1849 else | |
1850 { | |
1851 *group = NULL; | |
1852 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1853 else w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1854 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1855 |
49323 | 1856 if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); |
1857 if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1858 | |
1859 return w; | |
1860 } | |
1861 | |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1862 /* Return non-zero if LABEL specifies a separator (GTK only has one |
49323 | 1863 separator type) */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1864 |
105959
ba3ffbd9c422
* process.c (ifflag_def): Make flag_sym constant.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105936
diff
changeset
|
1865 static const char* separator_names[] = { |
78787
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1866 "space", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1867 "no-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1868 "single-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1869 "double-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1870 "single-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1871 "double-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1872 "shadow-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1873 "shadow-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1874 "shadow-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1875 "shadow-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1876 "shadow-double-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1877 "shadow-double-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1878 "shadow-double-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1879 "shadow-double-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1880 0, |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1881 }; |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
1882 |
49323 | 1883 static int |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1884 xg_separator_p (char *label) |
49323 | 1885 { |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1886 if (! label) return 0; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1887 else if (strlen (label) > 3 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1888 && strncmp (label, "--", 2) == 0 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1889 && label[2] != '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1890 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1891 int i; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1892 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1893 label += 2; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1894 for (i = 0; separator_names[i]; ++i) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1895 if (strcmp (label, separator_names[i]) == 0) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1896 return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1897 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1898 else |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1899 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1900 /* Old-style separator, maybe. It's a separator if it contains |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1901 only dashes. */ |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1902 while (*label == '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1903 ++label; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1904 if (*label == 0) return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1905 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1906 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1907 return 0; |
49323 | 1908 } |
1909 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1910 static int xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1911 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1912 /* Returns non-zero if there are detached menus. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1913 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1914 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1915 xg_have_tear_offs (void) |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1916 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1917 return xg_detached_menus > 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1918 } |
49323 | 1919 |
1920 /* Callback invoked when a detached menu window is removed. Here we | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1921 decrease the xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1922 WIDGET is the top level window that is removed (the parent of the menu). |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1923 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1924 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1925 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1926 tearoff_remove (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 1927 { |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1928 if (xg_detached_menus > 0) --xg_detached_menus; |
49323 | 1929 } |
1930 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1931 /* Callback invoked when a menu is detached. It increases the |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1932 xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1933 WIDGET is the GtkTearoffMenuItem. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1934 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1935 |
49323 | 1936 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1937 tearoff_activate (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 1938 { |
1939 GtkWidget *menu = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1940 if (gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (menu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1941 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1942 ++xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1943 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)), |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1944 "destroy", |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1945 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_remove), 0); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1946 } |
49323 | 1947 } |
1948 | |
1949 | |
1950 /* Create a menu item widget, and connect the callbacks. | |
1951 ITEM decribes the menu item. | |
1952 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
1953 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
1954 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1955 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu. | |
1956 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not | |
1957 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1958 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1959 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1960 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1961 | |
1962 Returns the created GtkWidget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1963 |
49323 | 1964 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1965 xg_create_one_menuitem (widget_value *item, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1966 FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1967 GCallback select_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1968 GCallback highlight_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1969 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1970 GSList **group) |
49323 | 1971 { |
1972 char *utf8_label; | |
1973 char *utf8_key; | |
1974 GtkWidget *w; | |
1975 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; | |
1976 | |
1977 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
1978 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (item->key); | |
1979 | |
1980 w = make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group); | |
1981 | |
1982 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
1983 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != item->key) g_free (utf8_key); | |
1984 | |
1985 cb_data = xmalloc (sizeof (xg_menu_item_cb_data)); | |
1986 | |
1987 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &cb_data->ptrs); | |
1988 | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1989 cb_data->select_id = 0; |
49323 | 1990 cb_data->help = item->help; |
1991 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
1992 cb_data->call_data = item->call_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
49323 | 1994 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
1995 "destroy", | |
1996 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_destroy_callback), | |
1997 cb_data); | |
1998 | |
1999 /* Put cb_data in widget, so we can get at it when modifying menubar */ | |
2000 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_ITEM_DATA, cb_data); | |
2001 | |
2002 /* final item, not a submenu */ | |
2003 if (item->call_data && ! item->contents) | |
2004 { | |
2005 if (select_cb) | |
2006 cb_data->select_id | |
2007 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", select_cb, cb_data); | |
2008 } | |
2009 | |
2010 return w; | |
2011 } | |
2012 | |
2013 /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. | |
2014 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2015 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2016 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2017 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2018 POP_UP_P is non-zero if we shall create a popup menu. | |
2019 MENU_BAR_P is non-zero if we shall create a menu bar. | |
2020 ADD_TEAROFF_P is non-zero if we shall add a teroff menu item. Ignored | |
2021 if MENU_BAR_P is non-zero. | |
2022 TOPMENU is the topmost GtkWidget that others shall be placed under. | |
2023 It may be NULL, in that case we create the appropriate widget | |
2024 (menu bar or menu item depending on POP_UP_P and MENU_BAR_P) | |
2025 CL_DATA is the callback data we shall use for this menu, or NULL | |
2026 if we haven't set the first callback yet. | |
2027 NAME is the name to give to the top level menu if this function | |
2028 creates it. May be NULL to not set any name. | |
2029 | |
2030 Returns the top level GtkWidget. This is TOPLEVEL if TOPLEVEL is | |
2031 not NULL. | |
2032 | |
2033 This function calls itself to create submenus. */ | |
2034 | |
2035 static GtkWidget * | |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2036 create_menus (widget_value *data, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2037 FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2038 GCallback select_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2039 GCallback deactivate_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2040 GCallback highlight_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2041 int pop_up_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2042 int menu_bar_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2043 int add_tearoff_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2044 GtkWidget *topmenu, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2045 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2046 char *name) |
49323 | 2047 { |
2048 widget_value *item; | |
2049 GtkWidget *wmenu = topmenu; | |
2050 GSList *group = NULL; | |
2051 | |
2052 if (! topmenu) | |
2053 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2054 if (! menu_bar_p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2055 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2056 wmenu = gtk_menu_new (); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2057 xg_set_screen (wmenu, f); |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2058 /* Connect this to the menu instead of items so we get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2059 disabled items also. TODO: Still does not get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2060 disabled items in detached menus. */ |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2061 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2062 "enter-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2063 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2064 NULL); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2065 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2066 "leave-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2067 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2068 NULL); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2069 } |
105522
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2070 else |
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2071 { |
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2072 wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); |
106186
9b6f45dd8386
Use a select wrapper around the GLib event loop, thus taking into account GLib
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106161
diff
changeset
|
2073 /* Set width of menu bar to a small value so it doesn't enlarge |
9b6f45dd8386
Use a select wrapper around the GLib event loop, thus taking into account GLib
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106161
diff
changeset
|
2074 a small initial frame size. The width will be set to the |
9b6f45dd8386
Use a select wrapper around the GLib event loop, thus taking into account GLib
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106161
diff
changeset
|
2075 width of the frame later on when it is added to a container. |
9b6f45dd8386
Use a select wrapper around the GLib event loop, thus taking into account GLib
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106161
diff
changeset
|
2076 height -1: Natural height. */ |
105522
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2077 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wmenu, 1, -1); |
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2078 } |
49323 | 2079 |
2080 /* Put cl_data on the top menu for easier access. */ | |
2081 cl_data = make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2082 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenu), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)cl_data); | |
2083 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "destroy", | |
2084 G_CALLBACK (menu_destroy_callback), cl_data); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2085 |
49323 | 2086 if (name) |
2087 gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); | |
2088 | |
2089 if (deactivate_cb) | |
2090 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
59913
b3664fca53d1
* gtkutil.c (create_menus): Connect selection-done event instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59666
diff
changeset
|
2091 "selection-done", deactivate_cb, 0); |
49323 | 2092 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2093 |
49323 | 2094 if (! menu_bar_p && add_tearoff_p) |
2095 { | |
2096 GtkWidget *tearoff = gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new (); | |
2097 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), tearoff); | |
2098 | |
2099 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tearoff), "activate", | |
2100 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_activate), 0); | |
2101 } | |
2102 | |
2103 for (item = data; item; item = item->next) | |
2104 { | |
2105 GtkWidget *w; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2106 |
49323 | 2107 if (pop_up_p && !item->contents && !item->call_data |
2108 && !xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2109 { | |
2110 char *utf8_label; | |
2111 /* A title for a popup. We do the same as GTK does when | |
2112 creating titles, but it does not look good. */ | |
2113 group = NULL; | |
2114 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2115 | |
2116 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (wmenu), utf8_label); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2117 w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2118 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
2119 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
2120 } | |
2121 else if (xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2122 { | |
2123 group = NULL; | |
2124 /* GTK only have one separator type. */ | |
2125 w = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); | |
2126 } | |
2127 else | |
2128 { | |
2129 w = xg_create_one_menuitem (item, | |
2130 f, | |
2131 item->contents ? 0 : select_cb, | |
2132 highlight_cb, | |
2133 cl_data, | |
2134 &group); | |
2135 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2136 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2137 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2138 if (item->contents || menu_bar_p) |
49323 | 2139 { |
2140 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (item->contents, | |
2141 f, | |
2142 select_cb, | |
2143 deactivate_cb, | |
2144 highlight_cb, | |
2145 0, | |
2146 0, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2147 add_tearoff_p, |
49323 | 2148 0, |
2149 cl_data, | |
2150 0); | |
2151 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); | |
2152 } | |
2153 } | |
2154 | |
2155 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), w); | |
2156 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2157 } | |
2158 | |
2159 return wmenu; | |
2160 } | |
2161 | |
2162 /* Create a menubar, popup menu or dialog, depending on the TYPE argument. | |
2163 TYPE can be "menubar", "popup" for popup menu, or "dialog" for a dialog | |
2164 with some text and buttons. | |
2165 F is the frame the created item belongs to. | |
2166 NAME is the name to use for the top widget. | |
2167 VAL is a widget_value structure describing items to be created. | |
2168 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected or | |
2169 a dialog button is pressed. | |
2170 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when an item is deactivated. | |
2171 For a menu, when a sub menu is not shown anymore, for a dialog it is | |
2172 called when the dialog is popped down. | |
2173 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2174 | |
2175 Returns the widget created. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2176 |
49323 | 2177 GtkWidget * |
2178 xg_create_widget (type, name, f, val, | |
2179 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2180 char *type; | |
2181 char *name; | |
2182 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2183 widget_value *val; | |
2184 GCallback select_cb; | |
2185 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2186 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2187 { | |
2188 GtkWidget *w = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2189 int menu_bar_p = strcmp (type, "menubar") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2190 int pop_up_p = strcmp (type, "popup") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
49323 | 2192 if (strcmp (type, "dialog") == 0) |
2193 { | |
2194 w = create_dialog (val, select_cb, deactivate_cb); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2195 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
49323 | 2196 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
2197 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); | |
2198 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2199 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-dialog"); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
2200 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
49323 | 2201 } |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2202 else if (menu_bar_p || pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2203 { |
2204 w = create_menus (val->contents, | |
2205 f, | |
2206 select_cb, | |
2207 deactivate_cb, | |
2208 highlight_cb, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2209 pop_up_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2210 menu_bar_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2211 menu_bar_p, |
49323 | 2212 0, |
2213 0, | |
2214 name); | |
2215 | |
2216 /* Set the cursor to an arrow for popup menus when they are mapped. | |
2217 This is done by default for menu bar menus. */ | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2218 if (pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2219 { |
2220 /* Must realize so the GdkWindow inside the widget is created. */ | |
2221 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2222 xg_set_cursor (w, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2223 } |
2224 } | |
2225 else | |
2226 { | |
2227 fprintf (stderr, "bad type in xg_create_widget: %s, doing nothing\n", | |
2228 type); | |
2229 } | |
2230 | |
2231 return w; | |
2232 } | |
2233 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2234 /* Return the label for menu item WITEM. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2235 |
49323 | 2236 static const char * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2237 xg_get_menu_item_label (GtkMenuItem *witem) |
49323 | 2238 { |
2239 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2240 return gtk_label_get_label (wlabel); | |
2241 } | |
2242 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2243 /* Return non-zero if the menu item WITEM has the text LABEL. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2244 |
49323 | 2245 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2246 xg_item_label_same_p (GtkMenuItem *witem, char *label) |
49323 | 2247 { |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2248 int is_same = 0; |
49323 | 2249 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (label); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2250 const char *old_label = witem ? xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) : 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2251 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2252 if (! old_label && ! utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2253 is_same = 1; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2254 else if (old_label && utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2255 is_same = strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) == 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2256 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2257 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2258 |
2259 return is_same; | |
2260 } | |
2261 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2262 /* Destroy widgets in LIST. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2263 |
49323 | 2264 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2265 xg_destroy_widgets (GList *list) |
49323 | 2266 { |
2267 GList *iter; | |
2268 | |
49572 | 2269 for (iter = list; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
49323 | 2270 { |
2271 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2272 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2273 /* Destroying the widget will remove it from the container it is in. */ |
49323 | 2274 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
2275 } | |
2276 } | |
2277 | |
2278 /* Update the top level names in MENUBAR (i.e. not submenus). | |
2279 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
49572 | 2280 *LIST is a list with the current menu bar names (menu item widgets). |
2281 ITER is the item within *LIST that shall be updated. | |
2282 POS is the numerical position, starting at 0, of ITER in *LIST. | |
49323 | 2283 VAL describes what the menu bar shall look like after the update. |
2284 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2285 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
49572 | 2286 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu bar. |
49323 | 2287 |
2288 This function calls itself to walk through the menu bar names. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2289 |
49323 | 2290 static void |
109139
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2291 xg_update_menubar (GtkWidget *menubar, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2292 FRAME_PTR f, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2293 GList **list, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2294 GList *iter, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2295 int pos, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2296 widget_value *val, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2297 GCallback select_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2298 GCallback deactivate_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2299 GCallback highlight_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2300 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data) |
49323 | 2301 { |
49572 | 2302 if (! iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2303 return; |
49572 | 2304 else if (iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2305 { |
49572 | 2306 /* Item(s) have been removed. Remove all remaining items. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2307 xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2308 |
106161
0ea716305b13
gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): If menubar is totally empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106012
diff
changeset
|
2309 /* Add a blank entry so the menubar doesn't collapse to nothing. */ |
0ea716305b13
gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): If menubar is totally empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106012
diff
changeset
|
2310 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), |
0ea716305b13
gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): If menubar is totally empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106012
diff
changeset
|
2311 gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (""), |
0ea716305b13
gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): If menubar is totally empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106012
diff
changeset
|
2312 0); |
49323 | 2313 /* All updated. */ |
2314 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2315 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2316 } |
49572 | 2317 else if (! iter && val) |
49323 | 2318 { |
2319 /* Item(s) added. Add all new items in one call. */ | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2320 create_menus (val, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, |
49323 | 2321 0, 1, 0, menubar, cl_data, 0); |
2322 | |
2323 /* All updated. */ | |
2324 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2325 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2326 } |
49572 | 2327 /* Below this neither iter or val is NULL */ |
2328 else if (xg_item_label_same_p (GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data), val->name)) | |
49323 | 2329 { |
2330 /* This item is still the same, check next item. */ | |
2331 val = val->next; | |
49572 | 2332 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
2333 ++pos; | |
49323 | 2334 } |
2335 else /* This item is changed. */ | |
2336 { | |
49572 | 2337 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); |
49323 | 2338 GtkMenuItem *witem2 = 0; |
2339 int val_in_menubar = 0; | |
49572 | 2340 int iter_in_new_menubar = 0; |
2341 GList *iter2; | |
49323 | 2342 widget_value *cur; |
2343 | |
2344 /* See if the changed entry (val) is present later in the menu bar */ | |
49572 | 2345 for (iter2 = iter; |
2346 iter2 && ! val_in_menubar; | |
2347 iter2 = g_list_next (iter2)) | |
49323 | 2348 { |
49572 | 2349 witem2 = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter2->data); |
49323 | 2350 val_in_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem2, val->name); |
2351 } | |
2352 | |
49572 | 2353 /* See if the current entry (iter) is present later in the |
49323 | 2354 specification for the new menu bar. */ |
49572 | 2355 for (cur = val; cur && ! iter_in_new_menubar; cur = cur->next) |
2356 iter_in_new_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name); | |
2357 | |
2358 if (val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) | |
49323 | 2359 { |
49572 | 2360 int nr = pos; |
2361 | |
49323 | 2362 /* This corresponds to: |
2363 Current: A B C | |
2364 New: A C | |
2365 Remove B. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2366 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2367 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (witem)); |
49323 | 2368 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem)); |
2369 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2370 | |
2371 /* Must get new list since the old changed. */ | |
49572 | 2372 g_list_free (*list); |
2373 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2374 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2375 } |
49572 | 2376 else if (! val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2377 { |
2378 /* This corresponds to: | |
2379 Current: A B C | |
2380 New: A X C | |
2381 Rename B to X. This might seem to be a strange thing to do, | |
2382 since if there is a menu under B it will be totally wrong for X. | |
2383 But consider editing a C file. Then there is a C-mode menu | |
2384 (corresponds to B above). | |
2385 If then doing C-x C-f the minibuf menu (X above) replaces the | |
2386 C-mode menu. When returning from the minibuffer, we get | |
2387 back the C-mode menu. Thus we do: | |
2388 Rename B to X (C-mode to minibuf menu) | |
2389 Rename X to B (minibuf to C-mode menu). | |
2390 If the X menu hasn't been invoked, the menu under B | |
2391 is up to date when leaving the minibuffer. */ | |
2392 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2393 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2394 GtkWidget *submenu = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2395 |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2396 gtk_label_set_text (wlabel, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2397 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2398 /* If this item has a submenu that has been detached, change |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2399 the title in the WM decorations also. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2400 if (submenu && gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (submenu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2401 /* Set the title of the detached window. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2402 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (submenu), utf8_label); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2403 |
49572 | 2404 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2405 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2406 ++pos; |
49323 | 2407 } |
49572 | 2408 else if (! val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2409 { |
2410 /* This corresponds to: | |
2411 Current: A B C | |
2412 New: A X B C | |
2413 Insert X. */ | |
2414 | |
49572 | 2415 int nr = pos; |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2416 GSList *group = 0; |
49323 | 2417 GtkWidget *w = xg_create_one_menuitem (val, |
2418 f, | |
2419 select_cb, | |
2420 highlight_cb, | |
2421 cl_data, | |
2422 &group); | |
2423 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2424 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2425 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2426 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (NULL, f, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2427 select_cb, deactivate_cb, |
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2428 highlight_cb, |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2429 0, 0, 0, 0, cl_data, 0); |
49323 | 2430 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
2431 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), w, pos); | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2432 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); |
49323 | 2433 |
49572 | 2434 g_list_free (*list); |
2435 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2436 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2437 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2438 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2439 ++pos; |
49323 | 2440 } |
49572 | 2441 else /* if (val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) */ |
49323 | 2442 { |
49572 | 2443 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2444 /* This corresponds to: |
2445 Current: A B C | |
2446 New: A C B | |
2447 Move C before B */ | |
2448 | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2449 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (witem2)); |
49323 | 2450 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); |
2451 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), | |
2452 GTK_WIDGET (witem2), pos); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2453 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (witem2)); |
49323 | 2454 |
49572 | 2455 g_list_free (*list); |
2456 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2457 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
76906
bb6e75c27940
(xg_update_menubar): Call g_list_next after moving
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75576
diff
changeset
|
2458 if (iter) iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2459 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2460 ++pos; |
49323 | 2461 } |
2462 } | |
2463 | |
2464 /* Update the rest of the menu bar. */ | |
49572 | 2465 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2466 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
49323 | 2467 } |
2468 | |
2469 /* Update the menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2470 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2471 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
102358 | 2472 CL_DATA is the data to set in the widget for menu invocation. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2473 |
49323 | 2474 static void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2475 xg_update_menu_item (widget_value *val, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2476 GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2477 GCallback select_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2478 GCallback highlight_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2479 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data) |
49323 | 2480 { |
2481 GtkWidget *wchild; | |
2482 GtkLabel *wlbl = 0; | |
2483 GtkLabel *wkey = 0; | |
2484 char *utf8_label; | |
2485 char *utf8_key; | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2486 const char *old_label = 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2487 const char *old_key = 0; |
49323 | 2488 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2489 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2490 wchild = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (w)); |
49323 | 2491 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); |
2492 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (val->key); | |
2493 | |
2494 /* See if W is a menu item with a key. See make_menu_item above. */ | |
2495 if (GTK_IS_HBOX (wchild)) | |
2496 { | |
2497 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wchild)); | |
2498 | |
2499 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); | |
2500 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2501 g_list_free (list); |
2502 | |
49323 | 2503 if (! utf8_key) |
2504 { | |
2505 /* Remove the key and keep just the label. */ | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2506 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (wlbl)); |
49323 | 2507 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); |
2508 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2509 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (wlbl)); |
49323 | 2510 wkey = 0; |
2511 } | |
49572 | 2512 |
49323 | 2513 } |
2514 else /* Just a label. */ | |
2515 { | |
2516 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (wchild); | |
2517 | |
2518 /* Check if there is now a key. */ | |
2519 if (utf8_key) | |
2520 { | |
2521 GtkWidget *wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
2522 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wtoadd)); | |
49572 | 2523 |
49323 | 2524 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); |
2525 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2526 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2527 |
2528 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2529 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); | |
2530 } | |
2531 } | |
2532 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2533 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2534 if (wkey) old_key = gtk_label_get_label (wkey); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2535 if (wlbl) old_label = gtk_label_get_label (wlbl); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2536 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2537 if (wkey && utf8_key && (! old_key || strcmp (utf8_key, old_key) != 0)) |
49323 | 2538 gtk_label_set_text (wkey, utf8_key); |
2539 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2540 if (! old_label || strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) != 0) |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2541 gtk_label_set_text (wlbl, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2542 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2543 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != val->key) g_free (utf8_key); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2544 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != val->name) g_free (utf8_label); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2545 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2546 if (! val->enabled && gtk_widget_get_sensitive (w)) |
49323 | 2547 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2548 else if (val->enabled && ! gtk_widget_get_sensitive (w)) |
49323 | 2549 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, TRUE); |
2550 | |
2551 cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2552 XG_ITEM_DATA); | |
2553 if (cb_data) | |
2554 { | |
2555 cb_data->call_data = val->call_data; | |
2556 cb_data->help = val->help; | |
2557 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2558 |
49323 | 2559 /* We assume the callback functions don't change. */ |
2560 if (val->call_data && ! val->contents) | |
2561 { | |
2562 /* This item shall have a select callback. */ | |
2563 if (! cb_data->select_id) | |
2564 cb_data->select_id | |
2565 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", | |
2566 select_cb, cb_data); | |
2567 } | |
2568 else if (cb_data->select_id) | |
2569 { | |
2570 g_signal_handler_disconnect (w, cb_data->select_id); | |
2571 cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
2572 } | |
2573 } | |
2574 } | |
2575 | |
2576 /* Update the toggle menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2577 |
49323 | 2578 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2579 xg_update_toggle_item (widget_value *val, GtkWidget *w) |
49323 | 2580 { |
2581 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2582 } | |
2583 | |
2584 /* Update the radio menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2585 |
49323 | 2586 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2587 xg_update_radio_item (widget_value *val, GtkWidget *w) |
49323 | 2588 { |
2589 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2590 } | |
2591 | |
2592 /* Update the sub menu SUBMENU and all its children so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2593 SUBMENU may be NULL, in that case a new menu is created. | |
2594 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2595 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2596 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2597 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2598 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2599 CL_DATA is the call back data to use for any newly created items. | |
2600 | |
2601 Returns the updated submenu widget, that is SUBMENU unless SUBMENU | |
2602 was NULL. */ | |
2603 | |
2604 static GtkWidget * | |
109139
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2605 xg_update_submenu (GtkWidget *submenu, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2606 FRAME_PTR f, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2607 widget_value *val, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2608 GCallback select_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2609 GCallback deactivate_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2610 GCallback highlight_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2611 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data) |
49323 | 2612 { |
2613 GtkWidget *newsub = submenu; | |
2614 GList *list = 0; | |
2615 GList *iter; | |
2616 widget_value *cur; | |
2617 int has_tearoff_p = 0; | |
2618 GList *first_radio = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2619 |
49323 | 2620 if (submenu) |
2621 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (submenu)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2622 |
49323 | 2623 for (cur = val, iter = list; |
2624 cur && iter; | |
2625 iter = g_list_next (iter), cur = cur->next) | |
2626 { | |
2627 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2628 | |
2629 /* Skip tearoff items, they have no counterpart in val. */ | |
2630 if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2631 { | |
2632 has_tearoff_p = 1; | |
2633 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2634 if (iter) w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2635 else break; | |
2636 } | |
2637 | |
2638 /* Remember first radio button in a group. If we get a mismatch in | |
2639 a radio group we must rebuild the whole group so that the connections | |
2640 in GTK becomes correct. */ | |
2641 if (cur->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO && ! first_radio) | |
2642 first_radio = iter; | |
2643 else if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO | |
2644 && ! GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2645 first_radio = 0; | |
2646 | |
2647 if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2648 { | |
2649 if (! xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2650 break; | |
2651 } | |
2652 else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2653 { | |
2654 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) | |
2655 break; | |
2656 xg_update_toggle_item (cur, w); | |
2657 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2658 } | |
2659 else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2660 { | |
2661 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2662 break; | |
2663 xg_update_radio_item (cur, w); | |
2664 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2665 } | |
2666 else if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2667 { | |
2668 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (w); | |
2669 GtkWidget *sub; | |
2670 | |
2671 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_NONE || | |
2672 xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2673 break; | |
2674 | |
2675 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2676 | |
2677 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2678 if (sub && ! cur->contents) | |
2679 { | |
2680 /* Not a submenu anymore. */ | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2681 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (sub)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2682 remove_submenu (witem); |
49323 | 2683 gtk_widget_destroy (sub); |
2684 } | |
2685 else if (cur->contents) | |
2686 { | |
2687 GtkWidget *nsub; | |
2688 | |
2689 nsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, f, cur->contents, | |
2690 select_cb, deactivate_cb, | |
2691 highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2692 | |
2693 /* If this item just became a submenu, we must set it. */ | |
2694 if (nsub != sub) | |
2695 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, nsub); | |
2696 } | |
2697 } | |
2698 else | |
2699 { | |
2700 /* Structural difference. Remove everything from here and down | |
2701 in SUBMENU. */ | |
2702 break; | |
2703 } | |
2704 } | |
2705 | |
2706 /* Remove widgets from first structual change. */ | |
2707 if (iter) | |
2708 { | |
2709 /* If we are adding new menu items below, we must remove from | |
2710 first radio button so that radio groups become correct. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2711 if (cur && first_radio) xg_destroy_widgets (first_radio); |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2712 else xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2713 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2714 |
49323 | 2715 if (cur) |
2716 { | |
2717 /* More items added. Create them. */ | |
2718 newsub = create_menus (cur, | |
2719 f, | |
2720 select_cb, | |
2721 deactivate_cb, | |
2722 highlight_cb, | |
2723 0, | |
2724 0, | |
2725 ! has_tearoff_p, | |
2726 submenu, | |
2727 cl_data, | |
2728 0); | |
2729 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2730 |
49572 | 2731 if (list) g_list_free (list); |
2732 | |
49323 | 2733 return newsub; |
2734 } | |
2735 | |
2736 /* Update the MENUBAR. | |
2737 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2738 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2739 If DEEP_P is non-zero, rebuild all but the top level menu names in | |
2740 the MENUBAR. If DEEP_P is zero, just rebuild the names in the menubar. | |
2741 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2742 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2743 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2744 |
49323 | 2745 void |
2746 xg_modify_menubar_widgets (menubar, f, val, deep_p, | |
2747 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2748 GtkWidget *menubar; | |
2749 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2750 widget_value *val; | |
2751 int deep_p; | |
2752 GCallback select_cb; | |
2753 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2754 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2755 { | |
2756 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2757 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2758 | |
2759 if (! list) return; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2760 |
49323 | 2761 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (menubar), |
2762 XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
2763 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2764 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, &list, list, 0, val->contents, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2765 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2766 |
64783
0975467abc17
* gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): Remove semicolon that
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
2767 if (deep_p) |
49323 | 2768 { |
2769 widget_value *cur; | |
2770 | |
2771 /* Update all sub menus. | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2772 We must keep the submenus (GTK menu item widgets) since the |
49323 | 2773 X Window in the XEvent that activates the menu are those widgets. */ |
2774 | |
2775 /* Update cl_data, menu_item things in F may have changed. */ | |
2776 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2777 | |
2778 for (cur = val->contents; cur; cur = cur->next) | |
2779 { | |
49572 | 2780 GList *iter; |
49323 | 2781 GtkWidget *sub = 0; |
2782 GtkWidget *newsub; | |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2783 GtkMenuItem *witem = 0; |
49323 | 2784 |
2785 /* Find sub menu that corresponds to val and update it. */ | |
2786 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) | |
2787 { | |
2788 witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); | |
2789 if (xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name)) | |
2790 { | |
2791 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2792 break; | |
2793 } | |
2794 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2795 |
49323 | 2796 newsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, |
2797 f, | |
2798 cur->contents, | |
2799 select_cb, | |
2800 deactivate_cb, | |
2801 highlight_cb, | |
2802 cl_data); | |
2803 /* sub may still be NULL. If we just updated non deep and added | |
2804 a new menu bar item, it has no sub menu yet. So we set the | |
2805 newly created sub menu under witem. */ | |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2806 if (newsub != sub && witem != 0) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2807 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2808 xg_set_screen (newsub, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2809 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, newsub); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2810 } |
49323 | 2811 } |
2812 } | |
2813 | |
49572 | 2814 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2815 gtk_widget_show_all (menubar); |
2816 } | |
2817 | |
2818 /* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been | |
2819 changed. Value is non-zero if widgets were updated. */ | |
2820 | |
2821 int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2822 xg_update_frame_menubar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 2823 { |
2824 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2825 GtkRequisition req; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2826 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2827 if (!x->menubar_widget || gtk_widget_get_mapped (x->menubar_widget)) |
49323 | 2828 return 0; |
2829 | |
106012
fae53e3bfda0
gtkutil.c (xg_update_frame_menubar): Do nothing if menubar already has a parent.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105959
diff
changeset
|
2830 if (x->menubar_widget && gtk_widget_get_parent (x->menubar_widget)) |
fae53e3bfda0
gtkutil.c (xg_update_frame_menubar): Do nothing if menubar already has a parent.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105959
diff
changeset
|
2831 return 0; /* Already done this, happens for frames created invisible. */ |
fae53e3bfda0
gtkutil.c (xg_update_frame_menubar): Do nothing if menubar already has a parent.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105959
diff
changeset
|
2832 |
49323 | 2833 BLOCK_INPUT; |
2834 | |
2835 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, | |
2836 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
2837 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, 0); | |
2838 | |
2839 gtk_widget_show_all (x->menubar_widget); | |
2840 gtk_widget_size_request (x->menubar_widget, &req); | |
2841 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
2842 xg_height_changed (f); |
49323 | 2843 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
50106
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2844 |
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2845 return 1; |
49323 | 2846 } |
2847 | |
2848 /* Get rid of the menu bar of frame F, and free its storage. | |
2849 This is used when deleting a frame, and when turning off the menu bar. */ | |
2850 | |
2851 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2852 free_frame_menubar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 2853 { |
2854 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2855 | |
2856 if (x->menubar_widget) | |
2857 { | |
2858 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2859 | |
2860 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget); | |
2861 /* The menubar and its children shall be deleted when removed from | |
2862 the container. */ | |
2863 x->menubar_widget = 0; | |
2864 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
2865 xg_height_changed (f); |
49323 | 2866 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
2867 } | |
2868 } | |
2869 | |
2870 | |
2871 | |
2872 /*********************************************************************** | |
2873 Scroll bar functions | |
2874 ***********************************************************************/ | |
2875 | |
2876 | |
2877 /* Setting scroll bar values invokes the callback. Use this variable | |
2878 to indicate that callback should do nothing. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2879 |
49323 | 2880 int xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar; |
2881 | |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
2882 /* Xlib's `Window' fits in 32 bits. But we want to store pointers, and they |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
2883 may be larger than 32 bits. Keep a mapping from integer index to widget |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
2884 pointers to get around the 32 bit limitation. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2885 |
49323 | 2886 static struct |
2887 { | |
2888 GtkWidget **widgets; | |
2889 int max_size; | |
2890 int used; | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
2891 } id_to_widget; |
49323 | 2892 |
2893 /* Grow this much every time we need to allocate more */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
49323 | 2895 #define ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR 32 |
2896 | |
2897 /* Store the widget pointer W in id_to_widget and return the integer index. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2898 |
49323 | 2899 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2900 xg_store_widget_in_map (GtkWidget *w) |
49323 | 2901 { |
2902 int i; | |
2903 | |
2904 if (id_to_widget.max_size == id_to_widget.used) | |
2905 { | |
2906 int new_size = id_to_widget.max_size + ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR; | |
2907 | |
2908 id_to_widget.widgets = xrealloc (id_to_widget.widgets, | |
2909 sizeof (GtkWidget *)*new_size); | |
2910 | |
2911 for (i = id_to_widget.max_size; i < new_size; ++i) | |
2912 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = 0; | |
2913 id_to_widget.max_size = new_size; | |
2914 } | |
2915 | |
2916 /* Just loop over the array and find a free place. After all, | |
2917 how many scroll bars are we creating? Should be a small number. | |
2918 The check above guarantees we will find a free place. */ | |
2919 for (i = 0; i < id_to_widget.max_size; ++i) | |
2920 { | |
2921 if (! id_to_widget.widgets[i]) | |
2922 { | |
2923 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = w; | |
2924 ++id_to_widget.used; | |
2925 | |
2926 return i; | |
2927 } | |
2928 } | |
2929 | |
2930 /* Should never end up here */ | |
2931 abort (); | |
2932 } | |
2933 | |
2934 /* Remove pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. | |
2935 Called when scroll bar is destroyed. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2936 |
49323 | 2937 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2938 xg_remove_widget_from_map (int idx) |
49323 | 2939 { |
2940 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
2941 { | |
2942 id_to_widget.widgets[idx] = 0; | |
2943 --id_to_widget.used; | |
2944 } | |
2945 } | |
2946 | |
2947 /* Get the widget pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2948 |
49323 | 2949 static GtkWidget * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2950 xg_get_widget_from_map (int idx) |
49323 | 2951 { |
2952 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
2953 return id_to_widget.widgets[idx]; | |
2954 | |
2955 return 0; | |
2956 } | |
2957 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2958 /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. |
50063 | 2959 Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2960 |
50063 | 2961 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2962 xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (Display *dpy, Window wid) |
50063 | 2963 { |
2964 int idx; | |
2965 GtkWidget *w; | |
2966 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2967 w = xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wid); |
50063 | 2968 |
2969 if (w) | |
2970 { | |
2971 for (idx = 0; idx < id_to_widget.max_size; ++idx) | |
2972 if (id_to_widget.widgets[idx] == w) | |
2973 return idx; | |
2974 } | |
2975 | |
2976 return -1; | |
2977 } | |
2978 | |
49323 | 2979 /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. |
2980 DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
2981 We free pointer to last scroll bar values here and remove the index. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2982 |
49323 | 2983 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2984 xg_gtk_scroll_destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) |
49323 | 2985 { |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
2986 int id = (int) (EMACS_INT) data; /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 2987 xg_remove_widget_from_map (id); |
2988 } | |
2989 | |
2990 /* Create a scroll bar widget for frame F. Store the scroll bar | |
2991 in BAR. | |
2992 SCROLL_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when the value of the | |
2993 bar changes. | |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
2994 END_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when scrolling ends. |
49323 | 2995 SCROLL_BAR_NAME is the name we use for the scroll bar. Can be used |
2996 to set resources for the widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2997 |
49323 | 2998 void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2999 xg_create_scroll_bar (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3000 struct scroll_bar *bar, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3001 GCallback scroll_callback, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3002 GCallback end_callback, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3003 char *scroll_bar_name) |
49323 | 3004 { |
3005 GtkWidget *wscroll; | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3006 GtkWidget *webox; |
49323 | 3007 GtkObject *vadj; |
3008 int scroll_id; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3009 |
49323 | 3010 /* Page, step increment values are not so important here, they |
3011 will be corrected in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb. */ | |
3012 vadj = gtk_adjustment_new (XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MAX, | |
3013 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); | |
3014 | |
3015 wscroll = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadj)); | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3016 webox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
49323 | 3017 gtk_widget_set_name (wscroll, scroll_bar_name); |
3018 gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS); | |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3019 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wscroll), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3020 |
49323 | 3021 scroll_id = xg_store_widget_in_map (wscroll); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3022 |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3023 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3024 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3025 "destroy", | |
3026 G_CALLBACK (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3027 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) scroll_id); |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3028 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3029 "change-value", |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3030 scroll_callback, |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3031 (gpointer) bar); |
106549
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3032 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3033 "button-release-event", |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3034 end_callback, |
106549
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3035 (gpointer) bar); |
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3036 |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3037 /* The scroll bar widget does not draw on a window of its own. Instead |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3038 it draws on the parent window, in this case the edit widget. So |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3039 whenever the edit widget is cleared, the scroll bar needs to redraw |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3040 also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3041 and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3042 event box window. */ |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3043 gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3044 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3045 |
49323 | 3046 |
3047 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3048 xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 3049 |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3050 bar->x_window = scroll_id; |
49323 | 3051 } |
3052 | |
3053 /* Remove the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID from the frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3054 |
49323 | 3055 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3056 xg_remove_scroll_bar (FRAME_PTR f, int scrollbar_id) |
49323 | 3057 { |
3058 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3059 if (w) | |
3060 { | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3061 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); |
49323 | 3062 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3063 gtk_widget_destroy (wparent); |
49323 | 3064 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3065 } | |
3066 } | |
3067 | |
3068 /* Update the position of the vertical scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID | |
3069 in frame F. | |
3070 TOP/LEFT are the new pixel positions where the bar shall appear. | |
3071 WIDTH, HEIGHT is the size in pixels the bar shall have. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3072 |
49323 | 3073 void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3074 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3075 int scrollbar_id, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3076 int top, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3077 int left, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3078 int width, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3079 int height) |
49323 | 3080 { |
49572 | 3081 |
3082 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3083 |
49572 | 3084 if (wscroll) |
3085 { | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3086 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3087 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); |
109040
98796fa1a7f8
src/gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Avoid C99 mid-block variable declaration.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
109037
diff
changeset
|
3088 gint msl; |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3089 |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3090 /* Clear out old position. */ |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3091 int oldx = -1, oldy = -1, oldw, oldh; |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3092 if (gtk_widget_get_parent (wparent) == wfixed) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3093 { |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3094 gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (wfixed), wparent, |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3095 "x", &oldx, "y", &oldy, NULL); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3096 gtk_widget_get_size_request (wscroll, &oldw, &oldh); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3097 } |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3098 |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3099 /* Move and resize to new values. */ |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3100 gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), wparent, left, top); |
109037
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3101 gtk_widget_style_get (wscroll, "min-slider-length", &msl, NULL); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3102 if (msl > height) |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3103 { |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3104 /* No room. Hide scroll bar as some themes output a warning if |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3105 the height is less than the min size. */ |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3106 gtk_widget_hide (wparent); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3107 gtk_widget_hide (wscroll); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3108 } |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3109 else |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3110 { |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3111 gtk_widget_show_all (wparent); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3112 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wscroll, width, height); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3113 } |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3114 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wfixed); |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3115 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
109037
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3116 if (oldx != -1 && oldw > 0 && oldh > 0) |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3117 { |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3118 /* Clear under old scroll bar position. This must be done after |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3119 the gtk_widget_queue_draw and gdk_window_process_all_updates |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3120 above. */ |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3121 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3122 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3123 oldx, oldy, oldw, oldh, 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3124 } |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3125 |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3126 /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3127 if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3128 here to get some events. */ |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3129 |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3130 x_sync (f); |
49572 | 3131 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3132 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
3133 } | |
49323 | 3134 } |
3135 | |
3136 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently | |
3137 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3138 |
49323 | 3139 void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3140 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar *bar, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3141 int portion, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3142 int position, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3143 int whole) |
49323 | 3144 { |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3145 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (bar->x_window); |
49323 | 3146 |
3147 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
3148 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3149 if (wscroll && NILP (bar->dragging)) |
49323 | 3150 { |
3151 GtkAdjustment *adj; | |
3152 gdouble shown; | |
3153 gdouble top; | |
3154 int size, value; | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3155 int new_step; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3156 int changed = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3157 |
49323 | 3158 adj = gtk_range_get_adjustment (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)); |
3159 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3160 /* We do the same as for MOTIF in xterm.c, assume 30 chars per line |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3161 rather than the real portion value. This makes the thumb less likely |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3162 to resize and that looks better. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3163 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3164 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3165 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3166 whole += portion; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3167 |
49323 | 3168 if (whole <= 0) |
3169 top = 0, shown = 1; | |
3170 else | |
3171 { | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3172 top = (gdouble) position / whole; |
49323 | 3173 shown = (gdouble) portion / whole; |
3174 } | |
3175 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3176 size = shown * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3177 size = min (size, XG_SB_RANGE); |
49323 | 3178 size = max (size, 1); |
3179 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3180 value = top * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3181 value = min (value, XG_SB_MAX - size); |
49323 | 3182 value = max (value, XG_SB_MIN); |
3183 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3184 /* Assume all lines are of equal size. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3185 new_step = size / max (1, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3186 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3187 if ((int) gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj) != size |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3188 || (int) gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment (adj) != new_step) |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3189 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3190 gtk_adjustment_set_page_size (adj, size); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3191 gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment (adj, new_step); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3192 /* Assume a page increment is about 95% of the page size */ |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3193 gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment (adj,(int) (0.95*size)); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3194 changed = 1; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3195 } |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3196 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3197 if (changed || (int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3198 { |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3199 BLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3200 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3201 /* gtk_range_set_value invokes the callback. Set |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3202 ignore_gtk_scrollbar to make the callback do nothing */ |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3203 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 1; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3204 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3205 if ((int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3206 gtk_range_set_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), (gdouble)value); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3207 else if (changed) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3208 gtk_adjustment_changed (adj); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3209 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3210 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3211 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3212 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3213 } |
49323 | 3214 } |
3215 } | |
3216 | |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3217 /* Return non-zero if EVENT is for a scroll bar in frame F. |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3218 When the same X window is used for several Gtk+ widgets, we cannot |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3219 say for sure based on the X window alone if an event is for the |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3220 frame. This function does additional checks. |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3221 |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3222 Return non-zero if the event is for a scroll bar, zero otherwise. */ |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3223 |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3224 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3225 xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (FRAME_PTR f, XEvent *event) |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3226 { |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3227 int retval = 0; |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3228 |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3229 if (f && event->type == ButtonPress && event->xbutton.button < 4) |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3230 { |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3231 /* Check if press occurred outside the edit widget. */ |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3232 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3233 retval = gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer (gdpy, NULL, NULL) |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3234 != gtk_widget_get_window (f->output_data.x->edit_widget); |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3235 } |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3236 else if (f |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3237 && ((event->type == ButtonRelease && event->xbutton.button < 4) |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3238 || event->type == MotionNotify)) |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3239 { |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3240 /* If we are releasing or moving the scroll bar, it has the grab. */ |
107997
d94009e7a0cc
gtkutils.c (xg_event_is_for_scrollbar): Check if grabbed widget is a scrollbar.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107891
diff
changeset
|
3241 GtkWidget *w = gtk_grab_get_current (); |
d94009e7a0cc
gtkutils.c (xg_event_is_for_scrollbar): Check if grabbed widget is a scrollbar.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107891
diff
changeset
|
3242 retval = w != 0 && GTK_IS_SCROLLBAR (w); |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3243 } |
106549
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3244 |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3245 return retval; |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3246 } |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3247 |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3248 |
49323 | 3249 |
3250 /*********************************************************************** | |
3251 Tool bar functions | |
3252 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3253 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is | |
3254 the image used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update | |
3255 the GtkImage with a new image. */ | |
3256 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA "emacs-tool-bar-image" | |
3257 | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3258 /* The key for storing the latest modifiers so the activate callback can |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3259 get them. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3260 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER "emacs-tool-bar-modifier" |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3261 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3262 /* The key for storing the button widget in its proxy menu item. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3263 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON "emacs-tool-bar-proxy-button" |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3264 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3265 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3266 the stock name used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3267 the GtkImage with a new image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3268 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-stock-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3269 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3270 /* As above, but this is used for named theme widgets, as opposed to |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3271 stock items. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3272 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-icon-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3273 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3274 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3275 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3276 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3277 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3278 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3279 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3280 xg_tool_bar_button_cb (GtkWidget *widget, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3281 GdkEventButton *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3282 gpointer user_data) |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3283 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3284 /* Casts to avoid warnings when gpointer is 64 bits and int is 32 bits */ |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3285 gpointer ptr = (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) event->state; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3286 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER, ptr); |
68922 | 3287 return FALSE; |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3288 } |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3289 |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3290 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3291 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3292 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3293 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3294 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3295 |
49323 | 3296 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3297 xg_tool_bar_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 3298 { |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3299 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3300 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3301 int mod = (int) (EMACS_INT) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3302 XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER); |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3303 |
49323 | 3304 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3305 Lisp_Object key, frame; | |
3306 struct input_event event; | |
51569
e7bd8581e306
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Don't pass uninitialized
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51432
diff
changeset
|
3307 EVENT_INIT (event); |
49323 | 3308 |
3309 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
3310 return; | |
3311 | |
3312 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3313 |
49323 | 3314 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
3315 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3316 |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3317 /* We generate two events here. The first one is to set the prefix |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3318 to `(tool_bar)', see keyboard.c. */ |
49323 | 3319 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
3320 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3321 event.arg = frame; |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3322 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3323 |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3324 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
49323 | 3325 event.frame_or_window = frame; |
3326 event.arg = key; | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3327 /* Convert between the modifier bits GDK uses and the modifier bits |
102549
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3328 Emacs uses. This assumes GDK and X masks are the same, which they are when |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3329 this is written. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3330 event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), mod); |
49323 | 3331 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
102549
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3332 |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3333 /* Return focus to the frame after we have clicked on a detached |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3334 tool bar button. */ |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3335 Fx_focus_frame (frame); |
49323 | 3336 } |
3337 | |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3338 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed in a detached |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3339 tool bar or the overflow drop down menu. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3340 We just call xg_tool_bar_callback. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3341 W is the menu item widget that got pressed, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3342 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3343 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3344 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3345 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3346 xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3347 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3348 GtkWidget *wbutton = GTK_WIDGET (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3349 XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3350 xg_tool_bar_callback (wbutton, client_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3351 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3352 |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3353 |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3354 static gboolean |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109067
diff
changeset
|
3355 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109067
diff
changeset
|
3356 GdkEventCrossing *event, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109067
diff
changeset
|
3357 gpointer client_data); |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3358 |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3359 /* This callback is called when a help is to be shown for an item in |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3360 the detached tool bar when the detached tool bar it is not expanded. */ |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3361 |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3362 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3363 xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3364 GdkEventCrossing *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3365 gpointer client_data) |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3366 { |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3367 GtkWidget *wbutton = GTK_WIDGET (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3368 XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON)); |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3369 |
106512
471e6932ea09
(xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): Fix missing return.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
106186
diff
changeset
|
3370 return xg_tool_bar_help_callback (wbutton, event, client_data); |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3371 } |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3372 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3373 static GtkWidget * |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3374 xg_get_tool_bar_widgets (GtkWidget *vb, GtkWidget **wimage) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3375 { |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3376 GList *clist = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (vb)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3377 GtkWidget *c1 = (GtkWidget *) clist->data; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3378 GtkWidget *c2 = (GtkWidget *) clist->next->data; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3379 *wimage = GTK_IS_IMAGE (c1) ? c1 : c2; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3380 g_list_free (clist); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3381 return GTK_IS_LABEL (c1) ? c1 : c2; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3382 } |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3383 |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3384 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3385 /* This callback is called when a tool item should create a proxy item, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3386 such as for the overflow menu. Also called when the tool bar is detached. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3387 If we don't create a proxy menu item, the detached tool bar will be |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3388 blank. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3389 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3390 static gboolean |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3391 xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy (GtkToolItem *toolitem, gpointer user_data) |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3392 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3393 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (toolitem)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3394 GtkButton *wbutton = GTK_BUTTON (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox))); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3395 GtkWidget *vb = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3396 GtkWidget *c1; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3397 GtkLabel *wlbl = GTK_LABEL (xg_get_tool_bar_widgets (vb, &c1)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3398 GtkImage *wimage = GTK_IMAGE (c1); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3399 GtkWidget *wmenuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_label |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3400 (gtk_label_get_text (wlbl)); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3401 GtkWidget *wmenuimage; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3402 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3403 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3404 if (gtk_button_get_use_stock (wbutton)) |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3405 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (gtk_button_get_label (wbutton), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3406 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3407 else |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3408 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3409 GtkSettings *settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3410 GtkImageType store_type = gtk_image_get_storage_type (wimage); |
85938
d7e05ac913d8
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
84621
diff
changeset
|
3411 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3412 if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_STOCK) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3413 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3414 gchar *stock_id; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3415 gtk_image_get_stock (wimage, &stock_id, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3416 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3417 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3418 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3419 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3420 GtkIconSet *icon_set; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3421 gtk_image_get_icon_set (wimage, &icon_set, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3422 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_set (icon_set, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3423 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3424 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3425 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3426 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3427 gint width, height; |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3428 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3429 if (settings && |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3430 gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (settings, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3431 &width, &height)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3432 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3433 GdkPixbuf *src_pixbuf, *dest_pixbuf; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3434 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3435 src_pixbuf = gtk_image_get_pixbuf (wimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3436 dest_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple (src_pixbuf, width, height, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3437 GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3438 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3439 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (dest_pixbuf); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3440 } |
79340
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3441 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3442 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3443 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF failed\n"); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3444 abort (); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3445 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3446 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3447 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME) |
79340
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3448 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3449 const gchar *icon_name; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3450 GtkIconSize icon_size; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3451 |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3452 gtk_image_get_icon_name (wimage, &icon_name, &icon_size); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3453 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3454 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3455 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3456 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3457 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3458 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: store_type is %d\n", store_type); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3459 abort (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3460 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3461 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3462 if (wmenuimage) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3463 gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (wmenuitem), wmenuimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3464 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3465 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3466 "activate", |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
3467 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback), |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3468 user_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3469 |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3470 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3471 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3472 (gpointer) wbutton); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3473 gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (toolitem, "Emacs toolbar item", wmenuitem); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3474 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wmenuitem, |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3475 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton))); |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3476 |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3477 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3478 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3479 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3480 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3481 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3482 "enter-notify-event", |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3483 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3484 user_data); |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3485 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3486 "leave-notify-event", |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3487 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3488 user_data); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3489 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3490 return TRUE; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3491 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3492 |
49323 | 3493 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is detached. We must set |
3494 the height of the tool bar to zero when this happens so frame sizes | |
3495 are correctly calculated. | |
3496 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3497 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3498 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3499 |
49323 | 3500 static void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3501 xg_tool_bar_detach_callback (GtkHandleBox *wbox, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3502 GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3503 gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 3504 { |
3505 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3506 extern int x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar; |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3507 |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3508 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", !x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar, |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3509 NULL); |
49323 | 3510 |
3511 if (f) | |
3512 { | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3513 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 1; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3514 |
49323 | 3515 /* When detaching a tool bar, not everything dissapear. There are |
3516 a few pixels left that are used to drop the tool bar back into | |
3517 place. */ | |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
3518 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 4; |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
3519 xg_height_changed (f); |
49323 | 3520 } |
3521 } | |
3522 | |
3523 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is reattached. We must set | |
3524 the height of the tool bar when this happens so frame sizes | |
3525 are correctly calculated. | |
3526 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3527 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3528 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3529 |
49323 | 3530 static void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3531 xg_tool_bar_attach_callback (GtkHandleBox *wbox, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3532 GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3533 gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 3534 { |
3535 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3536 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", TRUE, NULL); |
49323 | 3537 |
3538 if (f) | |
3539 { | |
3540 GtkRequisition req; | |
3541 | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3542 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3543 |
49323 | 3544 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); |
3545 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
3546 xg_height_changed (f); |
49323 | 3547 } |
3548 } | |
3549 | |
3550 /* This callback is called when the mouse enters or leaves a tool bar item. | |
3551 It is used for displaying and hiding the help text. | |
3552 W is the tool bar item, a button. | |
3553 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
3554 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3555 tool bar. 0 is the first button. | |
3556 | |
3557 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3558 |
49323 | 3559 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3560 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3561 GdkEventCrossing *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3562 gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 3563 { |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3564 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3565 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
49323 | 3566 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3567 Lisp_Object help, frame; | |
3568 | |
3569 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
50108
a9ff586d3d09
(xg_tool_bar_help_callback): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50106
diff
changeset
|
3570 return FALSE; |
49323 | 3571 |
3572 if (event->type == GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY) | |
3573 { | |
3574 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
3575 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); | |
3576 | |
3577 if (NILP (help)) | |
3578 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); | |
3579 } | |
3580 else | |
3581 help = Qnil; | |
3582 | |
3583 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3584 kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); | |
3585 | |
3586 return FALSE; | |
3587 } | |
3588 | |
3589 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3590 /* This callback is called when a tool bar item shall be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3591 It modifies the expose event so that the GtkImage widget redraws the |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3592 whole image. This to overcome a bug that makes GtkImage draw the image |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3593 in the wrong place when it tries to redraw just a part of the image. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3594 W is the GtkImage to be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3595 EVENT is the expose event for W. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3596 CLIENT_DATA is unused. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3597 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3598 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3599 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3600 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3601 xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3602 GdkEventExpose *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3603 gpointer client_data) |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3604 { |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3605 gint width, height; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3606 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3607 gdk_drawable_get_size (event->window, &width, &height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3608 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3609 event->area.x -= width > event->area.width ? width-event->area.width : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3610 event->area.y -= height > event->area.height ? height-event->area.height : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3611 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3612 event->area.x = max (0, event->area.x); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3613 event->area.y = max (0, event->area.y); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3614 |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3615 event->area.width = max (width, event->area.width); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3616 event->area.height = max (height, event->area.height); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3617 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3618 return FALSE; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3619 } |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3620 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3621 /* Attach a tool bar to frame F. */ |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3622 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3623 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3624 xg_pack_tool_bar (FRAME_PTR f) |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3625 { |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3626 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3627 int vbox_pos = x->menubar_widget ? 1 : 0; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3628 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3629 x->handlebox_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3630 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-detached", |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3631 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback), f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3632 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-attached", |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3633 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_attach_callback), f); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3634 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3635 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (x->handlebox_widget), |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3636 x->toolbar_widget); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3637 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3638 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3639 FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3640 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3641 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3642 vbox_pos); |
108315
8bb62bdbd80a
Fix bug #6139, text is briefly shown in tool bar on startup.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108082
diff
changeset
|
3643 |
8bb62bdbd80a
Fix bug #6139, text is briefly shown in tool bar on startup.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108082
diff
changeset
|
3644 gtk_widget_show (x->toolbar_widget); |
8bb62bdbd80a
Fix bug #6139, text is briefly shown in tool bar on startup.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108082
diff
changeset
|
3645 gtk_widget_show (x->handlebox_widget); |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3646 } |
50063 | 3647 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3648 /* Create a tool bar for frame F. */ |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3649 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_ORIENTABLE_SET_ORIENTATION |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3650 #define toolbar_set_orientation(w, o) \ |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3651 gtk_orientable_set_orientation (GTK_ORIENTABLE (w), o) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3652 #else |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3653 #define toolbar_set_orientation(w, o) \ |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3654 gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (w), o) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3655 #endif |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3656 |
49323 | 3657 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3658 xg_create_tool_bar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 3659 { |
3660 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3661 | |
3662 x->toolbar_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3663 x->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3664 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3665 gtk_widget_set_name (x->toolbar_widget, "emacs-toolbar"); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3666 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3667 gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3668 toolbar_set_orientation (x->toolbar_widget, |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3669 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
49323 | 3670 } |
3671 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3672 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3673 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3674 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3675 /* Find the right-to-left image named by RTL in the tool bar images for F. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3676 Returns IMAGE if RTL is not found. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3677 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3678 static Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3679 find_rtl_image (FRAME_PTR f, Lisp_Object image, Lisp_Object rtl) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3680 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3681 int i; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3682 Lisp_Object file, rtl_name; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3683 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3684 GCPRO2 (file, rtl_name); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3685 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3686 rtl_name = Ffile_name_nondirectory (rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3687 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3688 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3689 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3690 Lisp_Object rtl_image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3691 if (!NILP (file = file_for_image (rtl_image))) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3692 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3693 file = call1 (intern ("file-name-sans-extension"), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3694 Ffile_name_nondirectory (file)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3695 if (EQ (Fequal (file, rtl_name), Qt)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3696 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3697 image = rtl_image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3698 break; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3699 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3700 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3701 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3702 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3703 return image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3704 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3706 static GtkToolItem * |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3707 xg_make_tool_item (FRAME_PTR f, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3708 GtkWidget *wimage, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3709 GtkWidget **wbutton, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3710 char *label, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3711 int i) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3712 { |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3713 GtkToolItem *ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3714 GtkWidget *vb = EQ (Vtool_bar_style, Qboth_horiz) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3715 ? gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0) : gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3716 GtkWidget *wb = gtk_button_new (); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3717 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3718 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3719 if (wimage) |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3720 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vb), wimage, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3721 |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3722 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vb), gtk_label_new (label), TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3723 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wb), FALSE); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3724 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wb), GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3725 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wb), vb); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3726 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wb); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3727 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3728 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3729 if (wimage) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3730 { |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3731 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3732 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), "create-menu-proxy", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3733 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3734 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3735 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3736 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wb), "clicked", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3737 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_callback), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3738 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3739 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3740 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (weventbox), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3741 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3742 /* Catch expose events to overcome an annoying redraw bug, see |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3743 comment for xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3744 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3745 "expose-event", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3746 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3747 0); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3748 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3749 gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (ti, FALSE); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3750 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3751 /* Callback to save modifyer mask (Shift/Control, etc). GTK makes |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3752 no distinction based on modifiers in the activate callback, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3753 so we have to do it ourselves. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3754 g_signal_connect (wb, "button-release-event", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3755 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_button_cb), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3756 NULL); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3757 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3758 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wb), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3759 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3760 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3761 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3762 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3763 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3764 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3765 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3766 "enter-notify-event", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3767 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3768 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3769 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3770 "leave-notify-event", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3771 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3772 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3773 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3774 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3775 if (wbutton) *wbutton = wb; |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3776 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3777 return ti; |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3778 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3779 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3780 static void |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3781 xg_show_toolbar_item (GtkToolItem *ti) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3782 { |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3783 Lisp_Object style = Ftool_bar_get_system_style (); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3784 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3785 int show_label = EQ (style, Qboth) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3786 || EQ (style, Qboth_horiz) || EQ (style, Qtext); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3787 int show_image = ! EQ (style, Qtext); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3788 int horiz = EQ (style, Qboth_horiz); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3789 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3790 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (ti)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3791 GtkWidget *wbutton = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox)); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3792 GtkWidget *vb = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3793 GtkWidget *wimage; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3794 GtkWidget *wlbl = xg_get_tool_bar_widgets (vb, &wimage); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3795 GtkWidget *new_box = NULL; |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3796 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3797 if (GTK_IS_VBOX (vb) && horiz) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3798 new_box = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3799 else if (GTK_IS_HBOX (vb) && !horiz && show_label && show_image) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3800 new_box = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3801 if (new_box) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3802 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3803 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (wimage)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3804 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (wlbl)); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3805 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (vb), wimage); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3806 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (vb), wlbl); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3807 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (vb)); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3808 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (new_box), wimage, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3809 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (new_box), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3810 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wbutton), new_box); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3811 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (wimage)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3812 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (wlbl)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3813 vb = new_box; |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3814 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3815 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3816 if (show_label) gtk_widget_show (wlbl); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3817 else gtk_widget_hide (wlbl); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3818 if (show_image) gtk_widget_show (wimage); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3819 else gtk_widget_hide (wimage); |
108315
8bb62bdbd80a
Fix bug #6139, text is briefly shown in tool bar on startup.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108082
diff
changeset
|
3820 gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (weventbox)); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3821 gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (vb)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3822 gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3823 gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3824 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3825 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3826 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3827 /* Update the tool bar for frame F. Add new buttons and remove old. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3828 |
103916
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
3829 extern Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock; |
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
3830 |
49323 | 3831 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3832 update_frame_tool_bar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 3833 { |
3834 int i; | |
3835 GtkRequisition old_req, new_req; | |
3836 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
75576
e852dba095f9
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize h/vmargin to 0.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75417
diff
changeset
|
3837 int hmargin = 0, vmargin = 0; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3838 GtkToolbar *wtoolbar; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3839 GtkToolItem *ti; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3840 GtkTextDirection dir; |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
3841 int pack_tool_bar = x->handlebox_widget == NULL; |
49323 | 3842 |
3843 if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
3844 return; | |
3845 | |
3846 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3847 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3848 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3849 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3850 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3851 hmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3852 vmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3853 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3854 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3855 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3856 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3857 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3858 hmargin = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3859 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3860 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3861 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3862 vmargin = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3863 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3864 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3865 /* The natural size (i.e. when GTK uses 0 as margin) looks best, |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3866 so take DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN to mean "default for GTK", |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3867 i.e. zero. This means that margins less than |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3868 DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN has no effect. */ |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3869 hmargin = max (0, hmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
3870 vmargin = max (0, vmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3871 |
49323 | 3872 if (! x->toolbar_widget) |
3873 xg_create_tool_bar (f); | |
3874 | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3875 wtoolbar = GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3876 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &old_req); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3877 dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3878 |
49323 | 3879 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
3880 { | |
3881 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P)); | |
3882 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P)); | |
3883 int idx; | |
3884 int img_id; | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3885 int icon_size = 0; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3886 struct image *img = NULL; |
49323 | 3887 Lisp_Object image; |
100100
f5d2a2e44839
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize variable.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98555
diff
changeset
|
3888 Lisp_Object stock = Qnil; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3889 GtkStockItem stock_item; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3890 char *stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3891 char *icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3892 Lisp_Object rtl; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3893 GtkWidget *wbutton = NULL; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3894 GtkWidget *weventbox; |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3895 Lisp_Object specified_file; |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3896 char *label = SSDATA (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_LABEL)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3897 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3898 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (wtoolbar), i); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3899 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3900 if (ti) |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3901 { |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3902 weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3903 wbutton = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3904 } |
49323 | 3905 |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3906 |
49323 | 3907 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); |
3908 | |
3909 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */ | |
3910 if (!valid_image_p (image)) | |
3911 { | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3912 if (wbutton) gtk_widget_hide (wbutton); |
49323 | 3913 continue; |
3914 } | |
3915 | |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
3916 specified_file = file_for_image (image); |
103916
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
3917 if (!NILP (specified_file) && !NILP (Ffboundp (Qx_gtk_map_stock))) |
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
3918 stock = call1 (Qx_gtk_map_stock, specified_file); |
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
3919 |
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
3920 if (STRINGP (stock)) |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3921 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3922 stock_name = SSDATA (stock); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3923 if (stock_name[0] == 'n' && stock_name[1] == ':') |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3924 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3925 GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3926 GtkIconTheme *icon_theme = gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen (screen); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3927 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3928 icon_name = stock_name + 2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3929 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3930 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3931 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3932 if (! gtk_icon_theme_has_icon (icon_theme, icon_name)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3933 icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3934 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3935 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3936 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3937 else if (gtk_stock_lookup (SSDATA (stock), &stock_item)) |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3938 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3939 else |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3940 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3941 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3942 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3943 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3944 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3945 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3946 if (stock_name == NULL && icon_name == NULL) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3947 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3948 /* No stock image, or stock item not known. Try regular image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3949 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3950 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3951 button state. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3952 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3953 && !NILP (rtl = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_RTL_IMAGE)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3954 && STRINGP (rtl)) |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3955 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3956 image = find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3957 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3958 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3959 if (VECTORP (image)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3960 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3961 if (enabled_p) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3962 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3963 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3964 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3965 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3966 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3967 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3968 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3969 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3970 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3971 image = AREF (image, idx); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3972 } |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3973 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3974 idx = -1; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3975 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3976 img_id = lookup_image (f, image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3977 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (f, img_id); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3978 prepare_image_for_display (f, img); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3979 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3980 if (img->load_failed_p || img->pixmap == None) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3981 { |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3982 if (ti) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3983 gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3984 else |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3985 { |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3986 /* Insert an empty (non-image) button */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3987 ti = xg_make_tool_item (f, NULL, NULL, "", i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3988 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (wtoolbar), ti, -1); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3989 } |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3990 continue; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3991 } |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3992 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3993 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3994 if (ti == NULL) |
49323 | 3995 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3996 GtkWidget *w; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3997 if (stock_name) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3998 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3999 w = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4000 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4001 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4002 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4003 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
4004 else if (icon_name) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4005 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4006 w = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4007 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4008 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4009 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4010 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4011 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4012 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4013 w = xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4014 /* Save the image so we can see if an update is needed when |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4015 this function is called again. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4016 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4017 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4018 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4019 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4020 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (w), hmargin, vmargin); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4021 ti = xg_make_tool_item (f, w, &wbutton, label, i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4022 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (wtoolbar), ti, -1); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4023 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
49323 | 4024 } |
4025 else | |
4026 { | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4027 GtkWidget *vb = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4028 GtkWidget *wimage; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4029 GtkWidget *wlbl = xg_get_tool_bar_widgets (vb, &wimage); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4030 |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4031 Pixmap old_img = (Pixmap)g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4032 XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4033 gpointer old_stock_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4034 XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4035 gpointer old_icon_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4036 XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4037 gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (wlbl), label); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4038 if (stock_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4039 (! old_stock_name || strcmp (old_stock_name, stock_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4040 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4041 gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4042 stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4043 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4044 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4045 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4046 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4047 NULL); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4048 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4049 NULL); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4050 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4051 else if (icon_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4052 (! old_icon_name || strcmp (old_icon_name, icon_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4053 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4054 gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4055 icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4056 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4057 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4058 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4059 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4060 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4061 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4062 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4063 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4064 else if (img && old_img != img->pixmap) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4065 { |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
4066 (void) xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
4067 GTK_IMAGE (wimage)); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4068 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4069 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4070 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4071 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4072 NULL); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4073 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4074 NULL); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4075 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4076 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4077 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (wimage), hmargin, vmargin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4078 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4079 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4080 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4081 xg_show_toolbar_item (ti); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4082 |
49323 | 4083 #undef PROP |
4084 } | |
4085 | |
4086 /* Remove buttons not longer needed. We just hide them so they | |
4087 can be reused later on. */ | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4088 do |
49323 | 4089 { |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4090 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (wtoolbar), i++); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4091 if (ti) gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4092 } while (ti != NULL); |
49323 | 4093 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4094 new_req.height = 0; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4095 if (pack_tool_bar && f->n_tool_bar_items != 0) |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4096 xg_pack_tool_bar (f); |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
4097 |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
4098 |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4099 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar), &new_req); |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
4100 if (old_req.height != new_req.height |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
4101 && ! FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached) |
49323 | 4102 { |
4103 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = new_req.height; | |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
4104 xg_height_changed (f); |
49323 | 4105 } |
4106 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
4107 } | |
4108 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4109 /* Deallocate all resources for the tool bar on frame F. |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4110 Remove the tool bar. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4111 |
49323 | 4112 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4113 free_frame_tool_bar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 4114 { |
4115 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
4116 | |
4117 if (x->toolbar_widget) | |
4118 { | |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4119 int is_packed = x->handlebox_widget != 0; |
49323 | 4120 BLOCK_INPUT; |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4121 /* We may have created the toolbar_widget in xg_create_tool_bar, but |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4122 not the x->handlebox_widget which is created in xg_pack_tool_bar. */ |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4123 if (is_packed) |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4124 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4125 x->handlebox_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4126 else |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4127 gtk_widget_destroy (x->toolbar_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4128 |
49323 | 4129 x->toolbar_widget = 0; |
4130 x->handlebox_widget = 0; | |
4131 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
4132 xg_height_changed (f); |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
4133 |
49323 | 4134 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4135 } | |
4136 } | |
4137 | |
4138 | |
4139 | |
4140 /*********************************************************************** | |
4141 Initializing | |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4142 ***********************************************************************/ |
49323 | 4143 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4144 xg_initialize (void) |
49323 | 4145 { |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4146 GtkBindingSet *binding_set; |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4147 |
75417
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4148 #if HAVE_XFT |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4149 /* Work around a bug with corrupted data if libXft gets unloaded. This way |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4150 we keep it permanently linked in. */ |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4151 XftInit (0); |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4152 #endif |
84621 | 4153 |
4154 gdpy_def = NULL; | |
49323 | 4155 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4156 xg_detached_menus = 0; |
49323 | 4157 xg_menu_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_cb_list.next = |
4158 xg_menu_item_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next = 0; | |
4159 | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4160 id_to_widget.max_size = id_to_widget.used = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4161 id_to_widget.widgets = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4162 |
49323 | 4163 /* Remove F10 as a menu accelerator, it does not mix well with Emacs key |
4164 bindings. It doesn't seem to be any way to remove properties, | |
4165 so we set it to VoidSymbol which in X means "no key". */ | |
4166 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), | |
4167 "gtk-menu-bar-accel", | |
4168 "VoidSymbol", | |
4169 EMACS_CLASS); | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4170 |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4171 /* Make GTK text input widgets use Emacs style keybindings. This is |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4172 Emacs after all. */ |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4173 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4174 "gtk-key-theme-name", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4175 "Emacs", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4176 EMACS_CLASS); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4177 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4178 /* Make dialogs close on C-g. Since file dialog inherits from |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4179 dialog, this works for them also. */ |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4180 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (g_type_class_ref (GTK_TYPE_DIALOG)); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4181 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4182 "close", 0); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4183 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4184 /* Make menus close on C-g. */ |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4185 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (g_type_class_ref |
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4186 (GTK_TYPE_MENU_SHELL)); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4187 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4188 "cancel", 0); |
49323 | 4189 } |
4190 | |
4191 #endif /* USE_GTK */ | |
52401 | 4192 |
4193 /* arch-tag: fe7104da-bc1e-4aba-9bd1-f349c528f7e3 | |
4194 (do not change this comment) */ |